€¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY...

404
Newquay Campus 2019/2020 DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS Programme Title / Programme Code: FdSc Zoological Conservation (FT 6632 / PT 6633) FdSc Animal Husbandry & Welfare (FT 6628 / PT 6629) FdSc Animal Behaviour and Psychology (FT 4137 / PT5085) FdSc Conservation and Ecology (FT5309 / PT 5310) BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology (FT 4897) BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation (FT 4899 / PT 3779) BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation (with Placement) (FT 4900) FdSc Marine Conservation (FT 3771 / PT 5112) FdSc Surf Science and Technology (FT 2502 / PT 5305) FdSc Wildlife Education and Media (FT 3062 / PT 5267) BSc (Hons) Marine Sports Science (FT 4938 / PT 4939) BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management (FT 1796) BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology (FT 4888 / PT 3779) Partner Faculty: Academic Partnerships, University of Plymouth Partner Delivering Institution: Cornwall College, Newquay 1 | Page

Transcript of €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY...

Page 1: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Newquay Campus 2019/2020DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS

Programme Title / Programme Code:

FdSc Zoological Conservation (FT 6632 / PT 6633)FdSc Animal Husbandry & Welfare (FT 6628 / PT 6629)FdSc Animal Behaviour and Psychology (FT 4137 / PT5085)FdSc Conservation and Ecology (FT5309 / PT 5310)BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology (FT 4897)BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation (FT 4899 / PT 3779)BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation (with Placement) (FT 4900) FdSc Marine Conservation (FT 3771 / PT 5112)FdSc Surf Science and Technology (FT 2502 / PT 5305)FdSc Wildlife Education and Media (FT 3062 / PT 5267)BSc (Hons) Marine Sports Science (FT 4938 / PT 4939)BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management (FT 1796)BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology (FT 4888 / PT 3779)

Partner Faculty: Academic Partnerships, University of Plymouth

Partner Delivering Institution: Cornwall College, Newquay

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document: 10th September 2019/2 October 2019/8 October 2019

1 | P a g e

Page 2: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance: Full Time (3 Years)

Plymouth Programme Code: 4899 Total Credits: Level 4 (120 credits)Level 5 (120 credits)Level 6 (120 credits)

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation

F/T Route Year When in Year? (I.e. Autumn, Spring etc.) Core or Optional Credits Module

FHEQ - Level 4 (120 credits) Year 11 AY Core 20 CORN1000 Fundamentals of Biology1 AY Core 20 CORN1002 Diversity, Classification and Evolution1 AY Core 20 CORN1003 Health and Welfare of Animals1 AY Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills1 AY Core 20 CORN1001 Field Survey Techniques1 AY Core 20 CORN163 Animals and their Environment

FHEQ - Level 5 (120 credits) Year 22 AY Core 20 CORN241 Vertebrate Zoology & Conservation2 AY Core 20 CORN273 Population Genetics and Community Ecology2 AY Core 20 CORN2016 Global Conservation Issues2 AY Core 20 CORN2022 Zoological Conservation in Practice 2 AY Core 20 CORN276 Research Methods and GIS for Zoology2 AY Optional 20 CORN2017 Behavioural Ecology2 AY Optional 20 CORN278 Primate Behaviour and Conservation2 AY Optional 20 CORN2018 Marine Vertebrate Biology and Conservation2 AY Optional 20 CORN292 Advanced Ecology and Survey Techniques

FHEQ – Level 6 (120 credits) Year 33 AY Core 40 CORN328 Honours Project3 AY Core 20 CORN314 Conservation Project Management3 AY Core 20 CORN315 Conservation Genetics3 AY Core 20 CORN306 Application of Zoology3 AY Optional 20 CORN304 Zoology and Conservation of Aquatic Ecosystems3 AY Optional 20 CORN313 Wildlife Conservation3 AY Optional 20 CORN316 Monitoring Marine Ecosystems

2 | P a g e

Page 3: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation (With Placement)

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance: Full Time Over 4Years

Plymouth Programme Code: 4900 Total Credits: Level 4 (120 credits)Level 5 (120 credits)Level 6 (120 credits)

FHEQ Level: 4 BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation (4900)

F/T Route Year P/T Route Year Core or Option Module Credits Term Module Code Module Title

1 N/A Core 20 AY CORN171 Introduction to Zoology1 N/A Core 20 AY CORN115 Diversity, Classification and Evolution1 N/A Core 20 AY CORN154 Hygiene, Health and Welfare of Captive Animals1 N/A Core 20 AY CORN162 Key Professional Skills1 N/A Core 20 AY ZOO6 Fieldwork1 N/A Core 20 AY CORN163 Animals and their Environment

FHEQ Level: 5 BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation (4900)

F/T Route Year P/T Route Year Core or Option Module Credits Term Module Code Module Title

2 N/A Core 20 AY CORN272 Vertebrate Zoology 2 N/A Core 20 AY CORN273 Population Genetics and Community Ecology2 N/A Core 20 AY CORN274 Biosecurity and Invasive Species2 N/A Core 20 AY CORN275 Zoological Conservation in Practice2 N/A Core 20 AY CORN276 Research Methods and GIS for Zoology2 N/A Option* 20 AY CORN213 Behavioural Ecology2 N/A Option* 20 AY CORN278 Primate Behaviour and Conservation2 N/A Option* 20 AY CORN270 Marine Vertebrate Biology and Conservation2 N/A Option* 20 AY CORN292 Advanced Ecology and Survey Techniques

FHEQ Level: 6 BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation- Placement Year (4900)

F/T Route Year P/T Route Year Core or Option Module Credits Term Module Code Module Title

3 N/A Core 0 AY CORN326 Placement Project

* Students will only do this module if they have opted for a placement year

3 | P a g e

Page 4: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

FHEQ Level: 6 BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation (4900)

F/T Route Year P/T Route Year Core or Option Module Credits Term Module Code Module Title

3 N/A Core 40 AY CORN328 Honours Project3 N/A Core 20 AY CORN314 Conservation Project Management3 N/A Core 20 AY CORN315 Conservation Genetics3 N/A Core 20 AY CORN306 Applications of Zoology3 N/A Option* 20 AY CORN304 Zoology and Conservation of Aquatic Ecosystems3 N/A Option* 20 AY CORN313 Wildlife Conservation 3 N/A Option* 20 AY CORN316 Monitoring Marine Ecosystems

* Students must choose one additional module from the listed options

4 | P a g e

Page 5: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College , Newquay Programme Title: FdSc Marine Conservation

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance: Full time (2 Years)

Plymouth Programme Code: 3771 Total Credits: Level 4 – 120 creditsLevel 5 – 120 creditsTotal – 240 credits

FHEQ level: FdSc Marine Conservation 4 & 5 For: Full Time (3771)

F/T Route YearWhen in Year? (I.e.

Autumn, Spring etc.)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

Year 1 – Stage 11 Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills1 Core 20 CORN1000 Fundamentals of Biology1 Core 20 CORN128 Ecology of Aquatic Systems1 Core 20 CORN1002 Diversity, Classification and Evolution1 Core 20 CORN135 Marine Survey Techniques1 Core 20 CORN172 Marine Science

Year 2 – Stage 22 Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project2 Core 20 CORN2018 Marine Vertebrate Biology and Conservation2 Core 20 CORN290 Fish Ecology2 Core 20 CORN291 Marine Invertebrates2 Core 20 CORN236 Marine Conservation in Practice2 Optional 20 CORN2016 Global Conservation Issues2 Optional 20 CORN2015 Husbandry & Conservation of Aquatic Organisms2 Optional 20 CORN219 Education & Interpretation in Public Spaces

5 | P a g e

Page 6: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: FdSc Wildlife Education and Media

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance: Full Time (2 Years)

Plymouth Programme Code: 3062 Total Credits: Level 4 (120 credits)Level 5 (120 credits)Total (240 credits)

For: Full Time

F/T Route Year When in Year? (I.e. Autumn, Spring etc.) Core or Optional Credits Module

FHEQ - Level 4 (120 credits) Year 11 AY Core 20 CORN163 Animals and their Environment1 AY Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills1 AY Core 20 CORN1000 Fundamentals of Biology1 AY Core 20 CORN142 Wildlife Education1 Semester 1 Core 10 CORN178 Evolutionary Theories1 Semester 2 Core 10 CORN144 Fieldwork Techniques1 AY Core 20 WEM102 Wildlife and the Media

FHEQ - Level 5 (120 credits) Year 22 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces2 AY Core 20 CORN296 Wildlife Education and Media in Practice2 AY Core 20 CORN221 Communicating Science and Natural History2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project2 AY Core 20 CORN241 Vertebrate Zoology and Conservation

Optional Modules – Select one 20 credit module from the following2 AY Optional 20 CORN2018 Marine Vertebrate Biology and Conservation2 AY Optional 20 CORN278 Primate Behaviour and Conservation2 AY Optional 20 CORN2017 Behavioural Ecology2 AY Optional 20 CORN2016 Global Conservation Issues

6 | P a g e

Page 7: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance: Full time (3 Years)

Plymouth Programme Code: 4897 Total Credits: Level 4 – 120 credits, Level 5 – 120 credits, Level 6 – 120 creditsTotal – 360 credits

FHEQ Level: 4 BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology (Full Time 4897)

F/T Route Year When in Year? (I.e. Autumn, Spring etc.) Core or Option Module Credits Module Title

1 All Core 20 CORN172 Marine Science1 All Core 20 CORN128 Ecology of Aquatic Systems1 All Core 20 CORN1000 Fundamentals of Biology1 All Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills1 All Core 20 CORN135 Marine Survey Techniques1 All Core 20 CORN1002 Diversity Classification & Evolution

FHEQ Level: 5 BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology (Full Time 4897)

F/T Route Year When in Year? (I.e. Autumn, Spring etc.) Core or Option Module Credits Module Title

2 All Core 20 CORN2018 Marine Vertebrate Biology and Conservation2 All Core 20 CORN290 Fish Ecology2 All Core 20 CORN291 Marine Invertebrates2 All Core 20 CORN276 Research Methods and GIS for Zoology 2 All Core 20 CORN236 Marine Conservation in Practice 2 All Optional 20 CORN2016 Global Conservation Issues2 All Optional 20 CORN273 Population Genetics & Community Ecology

FHEQ Level: 6 BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology (4897)

F/T Route Year When in Year? (I.e. Autumn, Spring etc.) Core or Option Module Credits Module Title

3 All Core 20 CORN316 Monitoring Marine Ecosystems3 All Core 20 CORN317 GIS and Marine Environmental Management3 All Core 40 CORN328 Honours Project3 All Optional 20 CORN318 Marine Pollution and Ecotoxicology3 All Optional 20 CORN314 Conservation Project Management3 All Optional 20 CORN306 Applications of Zoology3 All Optional 20 CORN315 Conservation Genetics

7 | P a g e

Page 8: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

3 All Optional 20 CORN305 Communicating Zoology College: Cornwall College - Newquay Programme Title: FdSc Surf Science and Technology

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance Full Time 2 Years

Plymouth Programme Code: 2502 Total Credits: Level 4 – 120 CreditsLevel 5 – 120 CreditsTotal – 240 Credits

FHEQ level: FdSc Surf Science and Technology For: Full Time

F/T Route YearWhen in Year? (I.e.

Autumn, Spring etc.)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

Year 1 Level 41 All Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills1 All Core 20 CORN123 Culture of Surf and Sport1 All Core 20 CORN124 Physical and Geographical Influences on Surfing1 All Core 10 CORN138 Surf Practice1 All Core 10 CORN139 Media and Events1 All Core 20 CORN158 Scientific Techniques1 All Core 20 CORN146 Production Methods and Materials

Year 2 Level 52 All Core 20 CORN223 Ecology and Management of the Coastal Environment2 All Core 20 CORN242 Sociological and Psychological Perspectives of Surfing2 All Core 20 CORN243 Scientific Aspects of Health, Fitness and Nutrition in Sport2 All Core 20 CORN269 Surf Businesses2 All Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project2 All Core 20 CORN251 Application of CAD in the surf industry

8 | P a g e

Page 9: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: FdSc Animal Behaviour and Psychology

Academic Year: 2019-2020Mode of Attendance: Full Time 2 Years

Plymouth Programme Code: 4137 Total Credits: Level 4 – 120 CreditsLevel 5 – 120 Credits Total – 240 Credits

FHEQ level: FdSc Animal Behaviour and Psychology Level 4 & 5 For: Full Time (4137)

F/T Route YearWhen in Year? (I.e.

Autumn, Spring etc.)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

Year 11 Autumn Core 10 ASR113 Animal Training1 AY Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills1 AY Core 20 CORN182 Anthrozoology1 AY Core 20 CORN186 Psychological Principles1 AY Core 20 CORN1006 Fundamentals of Animal Behaviour1 AY Core 20 CORN1003 Health & Welfare of Animals1 Autumn Core 10 CORN178 Evolutionary Theories

Year 22 AY Core 20 CORN2009 Animal Behaviour in Practice2 AY Core 20 CORN2008 Animal Behaviour Management and Therapy2 AY Core 20 CORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces2 AY Core 20 CORN231 Applied Psychology

9 | P a g e

Page 10: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: FdSc Animal Husbandry & Welfare

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance: Full Time 2 Years

Plymouth Programme Code: 6628Total Credits: Level 4 – 120 Credits

Level 5 – 120 CreditsTotal -- 240 Credits

FHEQ level: 4 For: FdSc Animal Husbandry & Welfare

F/T Route YearWhen in Year? (I.e.

Autumn, Spring etc.)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORN1002 Diversity, Classification and Evolution1 All Year Core 20 CORN1004 Animal Nutrition1 All Year Core 20 CORN1003 Health and Welfare of Animals1 All Year Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills1 All Year Core 20 CORN1006 Fundamentals of Animal Behaviour1 All Year Core 20 CORN1000 Fundamentals of Biology

FHEQ level: 5 For: FdSc Animal Husbandry & Welfare

F/T Route YearWhen in Year? (I.e.

Autumn, Spring etc.)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

2 All Year Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project2 All Year Core 20 CORN2010 Animal Breeding and Conservation Genetics2 All Year Core 20 CORN2011 Animal Disease2 All Year Core 20 CORN2013 Zoo Exhibit Management in Practice2 All Year Core 20 CORN2014 Husbandry of Captive Vertebrates2 All Year Core 20 CORN2015 Husbandry and Conservation of Aquatic Organisms

10 | P a g e

Page 11: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: FdSc Zoological Conservation

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance: Full Time Over 2 Years

Plymouth Programme Code: 6632 Total Credits:Level 4 – 120 CreditsLevel 5 – 120 CreditsTotal – 240 Credits

FHEQ level: 4 For: FdSc Zoological Conservation

F/T Route Year When in Year? (I.e. Autumn, Spring etc.) Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORN163 Animals and their Environment 1 All Year Core 20 CORN1002 Diversity, Classification and Evolution 1 All Year Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills 1 All Year Core 20 CORN1003 Hygiene, Health and Welfare of Animals1 All Year Core 20 CORN1001 Field Survey Techniques 1 All Year Core 20 CORN1000 Fundamentals of Biology

FHEQ level: 5 For: FdSc Zoological Conservation

F/T Route Year When in Year? (I.e. Autumn, Spring etc.) Core or Option Module Credits Module

2 All Year Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 All Year Core 20 CORN2022 Zoological Conservation in Practice2 All Year Core 20 CORN2016 Global Conservation Issues2 All Year Core 20 CORN2010 Animal Breeding and Conservation Genetics 2 All Year Optional 20 CORN278 Primate Behaviour and Conservation2 All Year Optional 20 CORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 All Year Optional 20 CORN241 Vertebrate Zoology and Conservation2 All Year Optional 20 CORN2018 Marine Vertebrate Biology and Conservation 2 All Year Optional 20 CORN2020 Habitat Survey and GIS 2 All Year Optional 20 CORN2019 Ecology Survey and Management of Mammals and Herptile 2 All Year Optional 20 CORN2021 Invertebrate Ecology and SurveyNB: No optional module will run with less than 6 students. Any exception to this will need to be agreed with the relevant Cluster Director.

11 | P a g e

Page 12: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: BSc (Hons) Marine Sports Science (Level 6 Only)

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Module Of Attendance: Full Time Over 1 Year

Plymouth Programme Code: 4938 Total Credits: Total Credits – 120 Credits

FHEQ level: BSc (Hons) Marine Sports Science For: Full Time (4938)

F/T Route YearWhen in Year? (I.e.

Autumn, Spring etc.)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

3 N/a Core 40 CORN328 Honours Project 3 N/a Core 20 CORN321 Contemporary Issues in Marine Environment use 3 N/a Core 20 CORN322 Business, Enterprise and Innovation 3 N/a Core 20 CORN323 Applied Sports Science (Performance and Management) 3 N/a Option* 20 CORN324 Advanced Design Concepts 3 N/a Option* 20 CORN325 Advanced Applications of Oceanography

12 | P a g e

Page 13: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

College: Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title: BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management

Academic Year: 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance: Full Time Over 1 Year

Plymouth Programme Code: 1796 Total Credits: Level 6 – 120 Credits

STRUCTURE DIAGRAM: BSc Environmental Resource management level 6 (1796)

F/T Route YearWhen in Year? (I.e. Autumn, Spring etc.)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Core 20 EIA35 Geographical Information Systems and Environmental Impact Assessment

1 All Core 40 CORN328 Honours ProjectStudents will select three of the following optional modules:

1 All Option 20 CORC330 Wildlife Crime1 All Option 20 CORC331 Environmental Investigation1 All Option 20 CORC332 Environmental Sustainability and Economics1 All Option 20 CORC333 Environmental Strategy and Marketing1 All Option 20 CORC314 Climate Change and Land Use

13 | P a g e

Page 14: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Proposed Structure – 2019-2020

College Cornwall College, Newquay Programme Title FdSc Conservation and EcologyAcademic Year 2019-2020 Mode of Attendance

Course Duration2 Yr Full Time

Plymouth Programme Code 5309 Total Credits Level 4 120Level 5 120 (total 240)

FHEQ level: 4 & 5 FdSc Conservation and Ecology For: Full Time (5309)

F/T Route YearWhen in Year? (i.e.

Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

FHEQ Level: 4 FdSc Conservation and Ecology1 AY Core 20 CORN128 Ecology of Aquatic Systems1 AY Core 20 CORN1005 Key Professional Skills1 AY Core 20 CORN181 The British Countryside1 AY Core 20 CORN1002 Diversity, Classification and Evolution1 AY Core 20 CORN163 Animals & Their Environment1 AY Core 20 CORN1001 Field Survey Techniques

FHEQ Level: 5 FdSc Conservation and Ecology2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project2 AY Core 20 CORN2022 Zoological Conservation in Practice2 AY Core 20 CORN2020 Habitat Survey & GIS2 AY Core 20 CORN273 Population Genetics & Community Ecology

Students must choose one from each of the following pairs of optional modules:2 AY Optional 20 CORN2021 Invertebrate Ecology & Survey2 AY Optional 20 CORN290 Fish Ecology2 AY Optional 20 CORN2016 Global Conservation Issues2 AY Optional 20 CORN2019 Ecology Survey & Management of Mammals & Herptiles

14 | P a g e

Page 15: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

LEVEL 4CORN1002 DIVERSITY CLASSIFICATION AND EVOLUTIONCORN1005 KEY PROFESSIONAL SKILLSCORN1003 HEALTH AND WELFARE OF ANIMALSCORN1000 FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOLOGYCORN1004 ANIMAL NUTRITIONCORN1006 FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMAL BEHAVIOURCORN163 ANIMALS AND THEIR ENVIRONMENTCORN1001 FIELD SURVEY TECHNIQUESCORN128 ECOLOGY OF AQUATIC SYSTEMSCORN135 MARINE SURVEY TECHNIQUESCORN172 MARINE SCIENCECORN142 WILDLIFE EDUCATIONCORN178 EVOLUTIONARY THEORIESCORN144 FIELDWORK TECHNIQUESWEM102 WILDLIFE AND THE MEDIACORN123 CULTURE OF SURF AND SPORTCORN124 PHYSICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL INFLUENCES ON SURFINGCORN138 SURF PRACTICECORN139 MEDIA AND EVENTSCORN158 SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUESCORN146 PRODUCTION METHODS AND MATERIALSASR113 ANIMAL TRAININGCORN182 ANTHROZOLOGYCORN186 PSYCHOLOGICAL PRINCIPLESCORN128 ECOLOGY OF AQUATIC SYSTEMSCORN181 THE BRITISH COUNTRYSIDE

15 | P a g e

Page 16: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (Approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN1002 MODULE TITLE: Diversity, Classification and Evolution

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module provides an introduction to the main characteristics of different forms of life on Earth and how they evolved.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test) 40%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide a foundation for a more detailed study of the biology of specific groups of animals.

16 | P a g e

Page 17: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

FdSc Zoological Conservation

FdSc Animal Husbandry and Welfare

FdSc Conservation and Ecology

FdSc Marine Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & Conservation

BSC (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology

1. Describe the main features of different forms of life on Earth

6.1c 6.1c ILO1 ILO 3 LO6LO5

ILO2

2. Explain the theory and mechanisms of evolution

6.1a 6.1a ILO1 ILO 3 LO5 ILO2

3. Demonstrate practical taxonomy skills

6.1c 6.1c ILO8 ILO 3 LO5LO6

ILO4

DATE OF APPROVAL:14 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: September 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX SEMESTER: All Year

17 | P a g e

Page 18: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-2020 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: John Blackburn OTHER MODULE STAFF: Summary of Module Content:

Theories of evolution – natural selection, sexual selection, Neo-Darwinism, Lamarckism and theories on the origin of life. Mechanisms of evolution – convergent, parallel and divergent evolution. Identification and classification of main phyla. Fossil records and mass extinctions. Endosymbiosis.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 25 Evolutionary theories, theories on the origins of life, classification and taxonomy

Practical Classes and workshops

25 Identification of fossils, scientific drawings, use of dichotomous keys, Hardy-Weinberg practical, classification of samples.

Guided independent study

150 Directed reading on relevant research articles.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

18 | P a g e

Page 19: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:

Element Category Component Name Component Weighting

Test January Test combination of short and long answer questions (LO1, LO2)

100%

Coursework 3 in-class written activities selection of skills such as scientific drawing and the use of identification keys (LO1, LO3)

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENT:

Element Category Component Name Component Weighting

Coursework Completion of a set of tasks to demonstrate practical taxonomic skills - such as use of identification keys, and scientific drawings. (LO3, LO1)

100%

Coursework in lieu of original assessment (Test)

Essay outlining the accepted evolutionary theories supporting the origin of a given phylum (LO1, LO2)

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and ConservationFdSc Animal Health and Welfare BSC (Hons) Applied Marine ConservationFdSc Conservation and Ecology FdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davies

Updated by Kelly Haynes 28 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 19 September 2019

19 | P a g e

Recommended Texts and Sources:Urry, L.A, Cain, M.L., Wasserman, S. A., Minorsky, P.V. & Reece, J.B. 2016. Campbell biology. 11th ed. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.Ruppert, E.E., Fox, R. & Barnes, R. D., 2003. Invertebrate zoology: a functional evolutionary approach. 7th ed. California: Thomson Brooks/Cole.Stearns, S. T. & Hoekstra, R. F., 2005. Evolution: an introduction. 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Understanding evolution. Available at: http://evolution.berkeley.edu/

Page 20: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN1005 MODULE TITLE: Key Professional Skills

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECOS CODE:100459

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: This module parameterises the internal and external factors that defines the relevant employment sector, providing students with the knowledge and skills to begin positioning themselves professionally within that field. PESTLE factors for the industry will be covered as well as specific personal, professional and employability skills required for both academic study and the workplace.ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test) 30%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement:

MODULE AIMS:

To equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their academic, personal and employability skills.

To introduce latest developments in scientific techniques used in practise. To develop confidence in data handling and ICT use

20 | P a g e

Page 21: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes. At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Zoological Conservation

FdSc Animal Husbandry & Welfare

FdSc Wildlife Education and Media

FdSc Conservation and Ecology

FdSc Marine Conservation

FdSc Animal Behaviour & Psychology

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & Conservation

FdSc Surf Science and Technology

BSC (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology

1.Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the political, economic, social, technological, legal and environmental factors affecting the sector

6.4b,c 6.4b,c ILO2 ILO2 ILOB ILO4 LO1 ILO1 LO1

2. Evidence knowledge and understanding of contemporary scientific developments employed with the sector.

6.1b 6.5a ILO7 ILO7 ILOF ILO2 LO3 ILO5 LO3

3. Analyse and reflect on personal, employability and work related skills.

6.4b,c 6.4b,c ILO6 ILO6 ILOE ILO4 LO7 ILO5 LO7

4. Demonstrate independent learning, interpersonal and communication skills, including information retrieval, evaluation and presentation.

6.5c 6.2b, 6.5c ILO5 ILO5 ILOD ILO3 LO2 ILO2 LO2

5. Evidence the ability to identify and apply appropriate descriptive statistics to present data with the use of relevant software.

6.3a,b 6.3a,b ILO8 ILO8 ILOG ILO3 LO3 ILO2 LO2

21 | P a g e

Page 22: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

DATE OF APPROVAL: 14/05/2019 FACULTY/OFFICE:

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER:

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX SEMESTER: ALL YEAR

Notes:

22 | P a g e

Page 23: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019/20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Kelly Haynes OTHER MODULE STAFF: Summary of Module Content Block 1: Parameterisation of the PESTLE factors affecting the relevant employment sector; professional development: career action plans, SWOT analysis, intra/ interpersonal skills, problem-solving, decision making, teamwork, initiative, self-esteem, leadership, innovation, creativity and enterprise, successful communication - Interview skills, CVs and letters of application, self-presentation, presentation of information.

Block 2: Subject specific techniques – introduction to current developments and technological advances in relevant subject area, guest speakers, visits and student led seminars.

Block 3: ICT and data handling: data types – qualitative, quantitative, suitable summative (measures of central tendency and error), presentation techniques, spreadsheets, data input, cell references, formula, creation of charts.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lectures 30 Module content includes research methods, field and current techniques within relevant sector

Practical classes and workshops

30 Including guidance, formative assessment and formative feedback on personal and professional development planning. Also, ICT and statistics analysis workshops.

Fieldwork 30 Data collection and collation for analysisGuided independent study

110 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

23 | P a g e

Page 24: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:

Element Category Component Name Component Weighting

Test Research methods and data analysis test - LO5 100%Total = 100%

Coursework

Professional Development Plan- to include outline of planned work experience hours, reflection on skills developed and application of these in the sector LO1, 3, 4

Review and evaluate current techniques used in the relevant sector - LO2, 4

50%

50%

Total = 100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENT:

Element Category Component Name Component Weighting

Coursework

Task a- Review current techniques used in relevant sector and produce an academic fact file to demonstrate their application LO2, 4

Task b- submit an updated version of personal development plan to demonstrate reflection on skills learned and actions to further develop - LO1, 3

50%

50%

Total: 100%

Coursework in lieu of original assessment (Test)

Collate, summarise and analyse a set of relevant data - LO5 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and ConservationFdSc Animal Health and Welfare BSC (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyFdSc Wildlife Education and Media FdSc Animal Behaviour and PsychologyFdSc Conservation and Ecology FdSc Surf Science and TechnologyFdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by Approved by: Amanda Crowle 19 September 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

24 | P a g e

Page 25: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN1003 MODULE TITLE: Health and Welfare of Animals

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: This module gives students an understanding of the ethical and practical considerations required to maintain health in animals in a variety of contexts and how to detect ill health.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) 40%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement:

MODULE AIMS: To provide students with experience of good husbandry practice; a clear understanding of the ethical perspectives on animal welfare, and the knowledge to provide appropriate care to maintain good health in animals and to detect signs of ill health when it occurs.

25 | P a g e

Page 26: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

FdSc Zoological Conservation

FdSc Animal Husbandry and Welfare

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation

FdSc Animal Behaviour & Psychology

1. Explain what is meant by physical and psychological well-being of animals

6.1b 6.1b, 6.5b LO4 ILO3

2. Describe how health monitoring and preventative care can ensure the good health of animals.

6.5a 6.5a LO6 ILO5

3. Understand the ethical principles underpinning the promotion of current animal welfare standards.

6.5a, 6.3a 6.5b LO4 ILO3

4. Demonstrate the ability to assess individual animals’ health and well-being.

6.5a 6.2a, 6.5a LO6 ILO5

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX SEMESTER: All Year

26 | P a g e

Page 27: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

27 | P a g e

Page 28: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019/20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:112MODULE LEADER: Vicky Holland OTHER MODULE STAFF: Samantha EllisSummary of Module Content:Main parameters for healthy and diseased animals, including behaviours and related diagnostic techniques. Handling and restraining a variety of species. First Aid for Wild Animals. The 'Five Needs' concept. Relevant legislation (e.g. Zoo Licensing Act/ Animal Welfare Act). Ethical and moral approaches to animal welfare, to include rights perspective.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 40 To include topics such as ethics and legislation for control of disease and animal welfare.

Practical workshops 40 Practical and research-based tasks to complement theory, such as techniques for health checks, animal handling and first aid

External visits 20 Including Cornwall Seal Sanctuary, Screech Owl Sanctuary, National Marine Aquarium to observe good animal husbandry

Guided independent study

100 VLE tasks and independent research

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

28 | P a g e

Page 29: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting Coursework Essay defining, and discussing the ethical

perspectives on, what is required to maintain high standards of animal welfare. (LO1, LO3)

100%

Practical Viva/ practical to explain and demonstrate how health checks and preventative measures enable welfare assessment and ensure animal well-being (LO2 & LO4)

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

CourseworkEssay defining, and discussing the ethical perspectives on, what is required to maintain high standards of animal welfare (LO1, , LO3)

100%

Coursework in lieu of original assessment (Practical)

Coursework report: explain and demonstrate how health checks and preventative measures enable welfare assessment and ensure animal well-being (LO2, LO4)

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & ConservationFdSc Animal Health and Welfare FdSc Animal Behaviour and PsychologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davies

Updated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 19 Sept 19

29 | P a g e

Recommended Texts and Sources:Blood, D.C Studdert, V.P (2005) Saunders comprehensive Veterinary dictionary. 3rd Ed.Oxford. Saunders Ltd.D.E.F.R.A, (2012). Secretary of State’s Standards of Modern Zoo Practice.Dyce, et al., (2010). Textbook of veterinary anatomy. 4th ed. Missouri. SaundersGreene, C.E., 2012. Infectious diseases of the dog and cat. 4th ed. Florida. Elsevier.Hosey, et al, (2009). Zoo animals. New York. Oxford University Press.Kleiman, D (2010) Wild Mammals in Captivity. 2nd ed. University of Chicago PressWarren, D.M (2016). Small animal care and management. 4th ed. Boston.Rees, P. A., (2011) an introduction to zoo biology and management. Wiley – Blackwell.

Page 30: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN1000 MODULE TITLE: Fundamentals of Biology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECoS CODE: 100346

PRE-REQUISITES: N CO-REQUISITES: N COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This biology-based module provides students with an understanding of the key biological concepts and practical skills which underpin the study of living organisms.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test) 50%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To provide students with knowledge of cellular and molecular biology relevant to living organisms.

To provide students with the knowledge of basic anatomical and physiological features of living organisms.

30 | P a g e

Page 31: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes - At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

FdSc Zoological Conservation

FdSc Animal Husbandry and Welfare

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology

FdSc Marine Conservation

FdSc Wildlife Education and Media

1. Classify the main groups of biological molecules and relate their structure to function.

6.1a, 6.2b, 6.3c, 6.5b

6.1a;6.3b LO5 ILO2 ILOA ILO1

2. Describe basic concepts of cell structure, cell division, and Mendelian genetics.

6.1a, 6.2b, 6.3a 6.1a LO5 ILO2 ILOA ILO1

3. Describe basic biological concepts of animal tissues and organs, and their importance to the whole organism.

6.1a, 6.2b 6.1a LO5 ILO2 ILOA ILO1

4. Explain how specific homeostatic processes enable organisms to survive.

6.1a, 6.2b, 6.3b, c

6.1a,b LO5 ILO2 ILOA ILO1

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX SEMESTER: All Year

31 | P a g e

Page 32: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-2020 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Andrew Golley OTHER MODULE STAFF: Summary of Module Content: Biological molecules: structure and functions of water, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids,

proteins and enzymes. Basic cellular concepts: structure and function of the main parts of a typical prokaryotic and

eukaryotic cell, with a focus on animal and plant cells. Basic microscopy techniques, diffusion, facilitated diffusion, active transport, osmosis, cellular respiration, mitosis, meiosis, and Mendelian genetics.

Animal tissues: structure and function of nervous, endocrine, circulatory, musculature, skeletal, and respiratory systems.

Homeostasis: focus on thermoregulation and osmoregulation, physiological adaptations, behavioural regulation, bioenergetics, and excretion.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (Briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 40Interactive lectures will take place covering the topics within the module.

Practical Classes and Workshops

30Practical sessions and workshops will take place covering specific elements of the application of practical skills and/or techniques.

Guided Independent Study

130Students will be expected to carry out independent reading and research around the subject,

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 32

Page 33: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category

Component Name Component Weighting

Test

Test to assess students on ALO 1 and 2: Classify the main groups of biological molecules and relate their

structure to function. Describe basic concepts of cell structure, cell division, and

Mendelian genetics.The test will consist of multiple choice, short answer, and longer answer questions, including the opportunity to draw and label diagrams

100%

Coursework

Essay to assess students on ALO 3 and 4: Describe basic biological concepts of animal tissues and organs,

and their importance to the whole organism. Explain how specific homeostatic processes enable organisms to

survive.Students will be required to select a species of animal of their choice, and investigate how the structure and function of its tissues and organs, along with specific homeostatic processes, enable it to thrive in its natural habitat

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category

Component Name Component Weighting

Coursework in lieu of original assessment (Test)

This will be a piece of coursework to replace the original test covering on ALOs 1 and 2.It will consist of short answer and longer answer questions, and will require students to draw and label diagrams

100%

Coursework This coursework will assess ALO 3 & 4A short essay to describe the structure and function of a selection of animal tissues and relate these to organ function and animal survival.

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and ConservationFdSc Animal Health and Welfare BSC (Hons) Applied Marine ConservationFdSc Wildlife Education and Media FdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 19 September 19

Page 33

Page 34: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN163 MODULE TITLE: Animals and their Environment

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECoS CODE: 100347

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: Delivering a basic understanding of how animals interact with their environment, utilising basic behaviour techniques observing animals in their environment; the varied programme introduces students to ecological principles, including population dynamics and interrelationships. Students will use the information gained through animal and field observation to further understand habitat utilisation and quality.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICE

E1 (Formally Scheduled)

C1 50% P1

E2 (OSCE) C2 P3T1 (In-class Test)

50% A1

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:To provide the learner with an understanding of how the animal interacts, utilises and depends on its natural environment. By the end of the module learners will have a good understanding of the ecology of the habitat, and have developed methods to assess the quality of the ecosystem including the animal populations living within it.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Undertake different types of behavioural recording.2. Demonstrate the importance of inter and intra-specific relationships within ecosystems, and the

concept and function of food webs.3. Interpret data related to energy flow and nutrient cycling, and the interaction between biotic and

abiotic factors in an ecosystem.4. Explain the concepts in animal behaviour and ecological principles and their effect on current

environmental practice.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/05/14 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01/09/14 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: N/A TERM: 14/AY/AU/M

Page 34

Page 35: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-2020 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Arlin Slater OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:• Measuring behaviour – recording methods.• Behaviour – communication, social interaction, hierarchy, territoriality and courtship.• Behavioural models and theories – optimality, selfish gene theory.• Psychology – sentience and self-awareness.• Identify the key features and components of food webs and energy flow• Understand the ecological niche, the population growth curve and limiting factors• Competition, predation, parasitism and symbiosisSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLectures 10 Principles of behaviour and ecology, ecosystem functioningPractical classes and workshops 20 Introductory workshops at Newquay Zoo carrying out

animal observationsFieldwork 30 Habitat survey and in-situ animal observationGuided independent study 140 Moodle activities to consolidate theory and practical

sessions and guided reading for module topicsTotal 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hrs of learning; 10 credits = 100 hrs, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam T1

In-class test – knowledge of ecological concepts.

100%

Total = 100%

LO2, LO3

Coursework C1

Observations and behavioural study.Knowledge of concepts in animal behaviour.

100%

Total = 100%

LO1, LO4

Page 35

Page 36: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation and EcologyFdSc Animal Health and WelfareExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: K.Haynes Date: 28 /3/19 Approved by: HE Ops Date: 29/3/19

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (Approved by UTLQC June 2017)SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN1001 MODULE TITLE: Field Survey Techniques

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECoS CODE: 100219

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module equips students with the skills and knowledge to carry out field work using appropriate techniques, data handling and analysis, and effective communication of ecological information.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Page 36

READING LIST:Alcock, J., 2013. Animal behaviour. 10th ed. Massachusetts: Sinauer Publishers.Begon, M., Townsend, C.R. & Harper, J.L., 2005. Ecology: from individuals to ecosystems. Oxford: Blackwell Science. Colinvaux, P., 1993. Ecology 2. New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Davies, N.B, Krebs, J. & West, S., 2012 Introduction to behavioural ecology. 4th ed. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.Krebs, C.J., 2008. Ecology: the experimental analysis of distribution and abundance. 6th ed. London: Benjamin Cummings Publishing. Manning, A. & Dawkins, M.S., 2012. An introduction to animal behaviour. 6th ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Page 37: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To provide students with the practical skills to carry out field work safely and effectively.

Page 37

Page 38: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

FdSc Zoological Conservation

FdSc Conservation & Ecology

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & Conservation

1. Apply appropriate data gathering techniques in the field to survey a range of habitats and plant/animal taxa

6.1c, 6.2c, 6.3c, 6.5a, c

ILO7 LO6

2. Collate and communicate information derived from fieldwork using a variety of media

6.2a, b, 6.3b, 6.5c ILO3 LO2

3. Carry out basic statistical techniques to analyse and evaluate field data

6.3a, 6.3b, 6.5c ILO8 LO6

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: AY

Notes:

Page 38

Page 39: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019/20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Arlin Slater OTHER MODULE STAFF: John BlackburnSummary of Module Content:

Risk assessments and ethical issues related to field work. Sampling procedures; importance of random sampling techniques. Use of Identification keys. Range of appropriate sampling methods for multiple taxa. Standard techniques for measuring environmental factors: eg: temperature, wind, relative humidity, light, pH salinity, edaphic factors. Recording and presenting field work data, e.g. in sketches, photographs, tables, graphs, maps and diagrams. Scientific report writing skills. Use of basic summary statistics – how to present data in suitable ways, graphs, averages, error bars. Basic use and interpretation of inferential statistical techniques.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Practical workshops 26Field workshops – staff led surveys for each taxonomic group/local conservation group led trips.

Lectures 26

Lectures on survey methodology/risk assessments/ethical reviews

Basic data analysis and report writing support

Guided independent study

148Student led research and field data collection to support assessment

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 39

Page 40: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

Task 1 - Students to work in small groups conducting an ecological survey; using a variety of collection methods – LO1

Task 2 - collated and submitted independently as a scientific report to include basic summary statistics- LO2, LO3

50%

50%

Total 100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

A scientific report communicating the findings of a new ecological survey (which must be different to the original survey and should include basic summary statistics). LO1, LO2, LO3

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation & EcologyBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 40

Page 41: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN1004 MODULE TITLE: Animal Nutrition

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECoS Code: 100940

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module considers the nutrition of a range of animals. Topics covered include feeding types, nutritional requirements, digestion, natural and artificial foods, and nutritional disorders.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) 40%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To develop an understanding of the nutritional requirements of a range of animals and to be able to select an appropriate diet for an animal.

Page 41

Page 42: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

1. Compare and contrast the digestive anatomy and physiology of an omnivore, A herbivore, and A carnivore.

6.1a

2. Analyse and evaluate the nutritional value of captive animal diets. 6.3a,6.5a

3. Evaluate the impact of diet and feeding methods on animal health and welfare.

6.5a, 6.5b

4. Formulate suitable diets for A named captive animal species. 6.5a

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER:

Notes:

Page 42

Page 43: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-2020 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Samantha Ellis OTHER MODULE STAFF: Ruth MartinSummary of Module Content Components of a balanced diet. Types of feeding and feeding strategies: Dentition and alimentary canal, feeding behaviour, Ingestion, digestion, assimilation, and egestion of a range of animals. Dietary requirements, Structure, function and availability of major food types and nutrients. Assessing nutritional condition. Feed formulation. Vitamin and mineral supplements. Nutritional disorders. Dietary analysis, intake and outtake study. Feeding methods impacts on behaviour.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 40

Lectures will take place introduction the topics to be studied within the module. This might involve the use of a range of media and technologies, and might involve a range of contributors.

Practical Classes and Workshops

30This will involve the development and practical application of skills and/or techniques.

External Visits 20Visits to locations outside of the lecture rooms; related to the content of the module.

Guided Independent Study

110

Students will be expected to study independently, which may itself be “guided”. This might include the preparation of scheduled sessions, follow-up work, wider reading or practice, completion of assessment tasks or revision etc. In all cases, students are expected to be responsible for their own learning, with appropriate support being provided by the team.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 43

Page 44: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Practical Presentation on nutrition diet, and digestive systems in 3 selected zoo animals (LO1, LO3)

100%

Coursework Evaluation and formulation of captive diets (LO2,LO4)

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework in lieu of original assessment (Practical)

Completed as Coursework: Report on nutrition diet, and digestive systems of three dietary types (LO1, LO3)

100%

CourseworkEvaluation and formulation of captive diets (LO2,LO4)

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Husbandry and WelfareExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davis

Updated by: Kelly Haynes (27 June 19) Approved by: Amanda Crowle (29 March 19)

Page 44

Recommended Texts and Sources:Cheeke, P.R., 2005. Applied Animal Nutrition: Feeds and feeding (3rd edition). Australia: Pearson."Cheeke, P.R Diernefeld, E.S., 2010. Comparative animal nutrition and metabolism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press""Hosey, G. Melfi, V. Pankkhurst, S., 2009. Zoo animals behaviour, management, and welfare. Oxford: Oxford University Press""Pond, W.G., Church, D.C., Pond, K.R. Schoknecht, P.A., 2005. Basic Animal Nutrition and Feeding. New York: Wiley.""Stevens, C.E. Hume, I.D., 1995. Comparative physiology of the vertebrate digestive system. Cambridge University Press"

Page 45: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN1006 MODULE TITLE: Fundamentals of Animal Behaviour

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module is designed to give the student a thorough grounding in the theories of animal behaviour and knowledge of behavioural research. Students are expected to undertake a small behavioural survey as part of the module assessment along with a theory test.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test) 40%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To ensure the student understands basic principles of animal behaviour, has a knowledge of key figures in behavioural research and can undertake basic methods of behavioural recording.

Page 45

Page 46: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Animal Health and Welfare

FdSc Animal Behaviour and Psychology

1) Undertake different types of behavioural recording.

6.2c ILO1

2) Demonstrate knowledge of basic concepts of optimality theory and behavioural ecology.

6.1b ILO1

3) Identify how behavioural research can inform husbandry or conservation practices.

6.5a ILO5

DATE OF APPROVAL 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: Semester 1 & 2

Notes:

Page 46

Page 47: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-2020 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Julia Sullivan OTHER MODULE STAFF:

Summary of Module Content:

The Behaviourists- Tinbergen, Darwin, Skinner, Pavlov, Lorenz

Instinct and motivation. Measuring behaviour – recording methods, ethograms, scan sampling, focal sampling Behaviour – communication, social interaction, hierarchy, territoriality and courtship. Behavioural models and theories – optimality, kin selection, altruism.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 24 Lectures will take place introduction the topics to be studied within such as measuring behaviour, theories & theorists.

Practical Classes and workshops

46 Behavioural observations, techniques including zoo based and companion animal work

Guided independent study

130 Students will be expected to study independently, which may itself be “guided”. This might include the preparation of scheduled sessions, follow-up work, wider reading or practice, completion of assessment tasks or revision etc. In all cases, students are expected to be responsible for their own learning, with appropriate support being provided by the team. Assignment tasks and using materials from VLE

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 47

Page 48: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Test Written Test on optimality theory and behavioural ecology and applications to conservation (LO2, LO3

100%

Coursework Report on behavioural observation practical. (LO1) 100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework in lieu of original assessment (Test)

Report on theoretical basis of behaviour & applications in conservation (LO2,LO3)

100%

Coursework Report on behavioural observation methods and data (LO1)

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Husbandry and WelfareExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davis

Updated by: Kelly Haynes (27 June 19) Approved by: Amanda Crowle (19 September 2019)

Page 48

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Alcock, J., 2009. Animal behaviour. Massachusetts: Sinauer PublishersDavies, N., Krebs, J. West, S. 2012 Introduction to Behavioural Ecology. Wiley-Blackwell"Manning, A Dawkins M.S., 2012. An Introduction to Animal behaviour. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press."

Page 49: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN128 MODULE TITLE: Ecology of Aquatic Systems

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECoS Code: 100418

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module introduces students to the ecology of natural freshwater and marine environments. It involves the application of basic field study techniques during fieldwork.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 % C1 (Coursework) 60 % P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide students with a basic understanding of general ecology principles with respect to natural

and man-made aquatic environments.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Carry out field work safely and ethically in an aquatic ecosystem and compile a field work report

analysing and evaluating the results.2. Describe and ecology of a range of aquatic ecosystems, including foodwebs and community structure.3. Discuss the interaction between biotic and abiotic factors in an aquatic system4. Describe the population dynamics of an aquatic organism5. Describe current threats to aquatic systems

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 July 2003 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2010 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/11/09 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 49

Page 50: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Rebecca Allen OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Aquatic ecosystems (freshwater and marine); ecological niches; ecological succession, competitive exclusion principle; basic population dynamics; inter and intra-specific competition; predator-prey relationships; mutualism; parasitism. Importance of dispersal resources, limiting factors and regulating mechanisms. Aquatic communities. The management of captive and wild populations.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 24Seminar 4Fieldwork 48External Visits 4Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1Examination 100%

Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1C2

Field TasksPoster

50%50%

Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Conservation & Ecology FdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Approved by: HE Operations 19 September 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Bronmark C. 2005. The Biology of Lakes and Ponds Oxford University PressBronmark C. 2005. The Biology of Lakes and Ponds Oxford University PressFish J & Fish S 1996. A Students Guide to the Seashore Cambridge University PressGibson R et al 2001. Photographic Guide to Sea and Shore Life of Britain and North-west Europe Oxford University PressGiller P, 1998. The Biology of Streams and Rivers Oxford University PressMichel J Kaiser et al 2005. Marine Ecology Processes, Systems, and Impacts Oxford University PressSpeight, M. R., and Henderson, P. A., 2012. Marine Ecology. London: Wiley-Blackwell

Page 50

Page 51: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN135 MODULE TITLE: Marine Survey Techniques

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECoS Code: 100392

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)Students will learn how to use basic navigational skills in the marine environment for the purposes of marine surveying, identify, select and use appropriate surveying techniques and apply them to a survey, taking into account health and safety considerations.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide a basic understanding of the application of boat handling, diving and survey techniques

that can be used in activities in inshore waters.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Describe the basic principles of navigation and use charts and navigation instruments.2. Identify a range of survey techniques and technologies.3. Plan a marine survey, taking into account health and safety issues.4. Develop maps using industry-standard software and technology.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Jan 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 51

Page 52: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Navigation: Basic navigation, charts and navigation instruments, course planning, buoys and channel markers, basic collision rules, use of tidal theory in navigation; Survey techniques and technologies: Operation, maintenance and repair of small two- and four-stroke engines, survey techniques by boat, onshore and diving, equipment used for physical, chemical and biological oceanographic surveying, , principles of remote sensing, diving equipment; Planning a marine survey: aims and objectives, random sampling, stratified sampling, line transects, selecting and deploying survey equipment, interpretation and evaluation of results, health and safety considerations and risk assessments, risks of diving, risks of boat use and handling, safety at sea, notification of emergency services prior to risky or nocturnal surveying; Mapping: Develop awareness of geographic information systems including ArcView and gridding software like Golden Software Surfer, global positioning systems, use of Ordnance Survey, Hydrographic Office and geological charts and maps available via Edina.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 31Practical Classes and Workshops 9Fieldwork 5Guided Independent study 155

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

CourseworkC1

C2

Report – Evaluate marine survey techniquesReport of mapping exercise

40%

60%Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology FdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Approved by: HE Operations 19 September 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:British Subaqua Club. (2007) The diving manual. 3rd ed. Hutchinson.Pinet, P. R. (2000) Invitation to oceanography. Sudbury: Jones and BartlettOpen University. (2000) Waves, Tides and Shallow-Water Processes. ElsevierTrefethen, J. (1996) Inflatable boats: selection, care, repair and seamanship. Tab books

Page 52

Page 53: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN172 MODULE TITLE: Marine Science

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE: 100848

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides students with an understanding of the key concepts of the science surrounding the aquatic environment and practical laboratory skills. Students will also design an experiment into an aspect of the aquatic environment.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide students with basic scientific skills and knowledge in a laboratory environment. To enable students to appreciate the abiotic processes occurring in the marine environment. To provide students with the skills necessary to design experimental research.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Describe the chemistry of the marine environment.2. Explain meteorological processes influencing the marine environment.3. Identify the physical processes occurring in the marine environment.4. Recognise the geological and sedimentological processes occurring in the marine environment.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 53

Page 54: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Chemistry of the marine environment: Atomic chemistry, bonding, salinity, nutrient chemistry, dissolved and particulate organic matter, redox, redox potential discontinuity layer, pH, carbonate buffering, flocculation; Meteorological processes: Insolation and distribution of heat in the atmosphere, pressure systems, weather fronts, cloud formation and classification, evaporation and precipitation, classification of wind strength, climate and short/long term changes and cycles; Physics processes in the marine environment: Wave propagation, wave measurement, wave equations, wave group speed, wave reflection, refraction and diffraction, internal waves, equilibrium and dynamic tidal theory, currents, North Atlantic gyre, pressure gradient force, Coriolis effect, geostrophic flow, thermohaline currents, stratification, estuarine mixing,; Geological and sedimentological processes: Erosion and deposition, rock types, rock formation, transport of deposited materials, Aeolian transport, sediment classification, skew and kurtosis, ripple and dune formation.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 21Practical Classes and Workshops 12Fieldwork 18Guided Independent study 149

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

CourseworkC1

C2

Fieldwork Portfolio covering LO1, LO2, LO4Oceanography essay covering LO2, LO3

60%

40%Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Marine Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by Approved by: HE Operations 18/10/18

Recommended Texts and Sources:Dyer K.R., 1997. Estuaries: a physical introduction. Chichester: Wiley.Pinet, P. R. 2013. Invitation to Oceanography (6th Edition). Sudbury: Jones and Bartlett.Summerhayes, C.P. & Thorpe, S.A., 1996. Oceanography: an illustrated guide. London: Manson.Sverdrup K. et al., 2003. An introduction to the world’s oceans. 7th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill.Townsend, D. 2013. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Introduction to Marine Science. New York: Butterworth.

Page 54

Page 55: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN142 MODULE TITLE: Wildlife Education

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE: 100348

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides students with an understanding of the biodiversity of this planet and allows students to develop methods of informal and formal teaching delivery to a range of audiences in the process. Being able to communicate difficult scientific concepts to the general public is a key element of a zoo, aquarium or nature reserve education officer.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide students with an understanding of biodiversity and the classification of biodiversity. To

establish competence in communication and presentation of information orally and visually to target audiences in a range of education contexts. To appreciate the importance of effective learning strategies.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Describe the main features of different forms of life on Earth.2. Demonstrate a working knowledge of taxonomy and classification and the use of biological keys.3. Develop biodiversity-related educational materials that are based on validated programme

specifications.4. Apply appropriate learning theories to deliver biodiversity education in formal and informal situations.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 April 2005 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2005 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 28/02/11 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 55

Page 56: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Key features of plants, fungi, bacteria, protists and the main invertebrate and vertebrate phyla; Fundamentals of taxonomy and classification, Linnaeus and the development of scientific nomenclature, reference collections, identification keys, biological illustrations; Develop educational materials and resources on biodiversity, based on the current policy framework in UK education including the National Curriculum, further education, Functional Skills; Teaching and learning styles (e.g., Piaget, Vygotsky, Maslow, etc.), VARK, intelligence and memory, alternative schooling (e.g., Waldorf, Steiner, Montessori, Forest schools, Earth walking and real world learning), after-school clubs, lifelong learning, barriers to learning (e.g., equal opportunities, special educational needs, multicultural education, etc.), observation of professional practice, teaching skills – planning, classroom control and presentation.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 21Work Based Learning 42Guided Independent Study 137

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

CourseworkC1 Portfolio 100%

Total = 100%Covers LOs1-4

Updated by: Jason Birt

Date: 01/09/15

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/15

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Wildlife Education and Media External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Amelia Grass

Updated by Jason Birt 01/09/15 Approved by: HE Operations 19/9/19

Page 56

Page 57: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Campbell, N.A. and Reece, J.B. (2008) Biology 8th edition Pearson Benjamin Cummings, San Francisco.Curzon, L. B. (2003) Teaching in Further Education. Continuum International Publishing Group – Academic Press.Farrow, S. (1999) The Really Useful Science Book: Framework of Knowledge for Primary Teachers. Routledge-Falmer.Forshaw, J., (1998) Encyclopaedia of birds. 2nd ed. London: Academic Press.Halliday, T., (2002) The new Encyclopedia of reptiles and amphibians. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Kent, G.C., & Carr, R.K., 2000. Comparative anatomy of the vertebrates. 9th ed. London: McGraw-Hill.Kent, M. 2000 Advanced Biology. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Macdonald, D.W., (2001) The new Encyclopedia of mammals. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Margulis, L. & Schwartz, K.V., (1999) Diversity of life: illustrated guide to the five kingdoms. London: Jones & Bartlett.Mooney, C. G. (2000) Theories of Childhood: An Introduction to Dewey, Montessori, Erickson, Piaget and Vygotsky. Redleaf Press.Petty, G. (2001) Teaching Today: A Practical Guide. Nelson Thornes.Reece, I. and Walker, S. (2003) Teaching, Training and Learning: A Practical Guide. Business Education Publishers.Ruppert, E.E. Fox, R. & Barnes, R. D. (2003) Invertebrate Zoology: a Functional Evolutionary Approach. 7TH Edition. Brooks Cole.Schon, D. A. (1987) Educating the Reflective Practitioner. Jossey Bass Wiley.Smith, A. (2004) The Brain's Behind It: New Knowledge About the Brain and Learning. Network Educational Press Ltd.Wallace, S. (2002) Managing Behaviour and Motivating Students in Further Education (Teaching Handbooks). Learning Matters.

Page 57

Page 58: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN178 MODULE TITLE: Evolutionary Theories

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE: 100348

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the origins of the earth and theories of evolution.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 100%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement:

MODULE AIMS: To provide a foundation for a more detailed study of the biology of specific groups of animals.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Describe the processes of speciation.2. Explain the concept of Neo-Darwinism and adaption through evolution.

DATE OF APPROVAL: FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 58

Page 59: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Angus Jackson OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Fundamentals of taxonomy and classification. History of evolutionary thought; catastrophism; Lamarckism; Neo-Darwinism, cladogenesis. Fossil records and mass extinctions. Scientific theories on the origins of life; RNA world hypothesis. Biological illustrations. Adaptive radiation; convergent evolution. Phylogenetic and evolutionary relationships of major plant, invertebrate and vertebrate groups.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Practical Classes and Workshops 4External Visits 6Guided Independent study 70

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E

T1 In-Class Test 100%Total = 100%

LO1 LO2

Coursework C1 Total = 100%

Practical P

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Wildlife Education and Media External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Amelia Grass

Updated by Jason Birt 01/09/15 Approved by: HE Operations 19/9/19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Campbell, N.A. and Reece, J.B., 2008. Biology 8th edition Pearson Benjamin Cummings, San Francisco.Stearns, S. T. Hoekstra, R. F., 2005. Evolution: an introduction. 2nd Edition. Oxford University Press, Oxford."Ruppert, E.E., Fox, R. Barnes, R. D., 2003. Invertebrate Zoology: a Functional Evolutionary Approach. 7TH Edition. Brooks Cole."Ridley, M., 2003. Evolution. 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press

Page 59

Page 60: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN144 MODULE TITLE: Fieldwork Techniques

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE: 100348

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module equips students with the skills and knowledge to carry out field work using appropriate techniques, data handling and analyses, and effective communication of ecological information.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide students with the practical skills to carry out field work safely and effectively.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Carry out field work safely and ethically identifying and measuring the key abiotic factors.2. Apply standardised techniques to sample organisms and estimate population density.3. Demonstrate that information derived from field work can be communicated in a variety of formats.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 28 Feb 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: Spring

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 60

Page 61: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Christopher Selvey OTHER MODULE STAFF: SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Risk assessments for field work. Ethical issues related to field work. Sampling procedures; importance of random sampling techniques. Identification keys. Radio- and satellite tracking. Basic practical field craft, including observation and tracking. Trapping pitfall and mammal traps). Standard techniques for measuring environmental factors: temperature, wind, relative humidity, light, pH salinity, water flow rate, oxygen levels, edaphic factors. Biotic indices. Recording and presenting field work data (e.g. in sketches, photographs, tables, graphs, maps and diagrams.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationDemonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 6.5Supervised Time in Studio/Workshop 22External Visits 1Guided Independent study 65.5

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

ET

Coursework C1C2

‘Teaching pack’ 100%

Practical P

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Wildlife Education and Media External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Amelia Grass

Updated by Jason Birt 01/09/15 Approved by: HE Operations 16/9/19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Atkinson, M (2000) A Handbook for Biological recorders. Cornwall, CISFBRBrower, J.E., Zar, J.H., and von Ende, C.N. (1998) Field and Laboratory Methods for General Ecology. McGRaw Hill.Chalmers, N. (1989) Open University Project Guide. Field Studies Council.Gilbertson, D.D., Kent, M., and Pyatt, F.B. (1985) Practical Ecology for Geography and Biology Survey, mapping and data analysis. HutchinsonHayward, P., Nelson-Smith, T. and Shields, C. (1996) Collins Pocket Guide: Seashore of Britain and Europe. Harper CollinsMorrison, L. (2001) Wildlife study design Springer.Sargent, G and Morris, P (1998) How to find and identify mammals.Poland, J. & Clement, E. (2009) The Vegetative Key to British Flora. Botanical Society of the British Isles

Page 61

Page 62: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: WEM102 MODULE TITLE: Wildlife and the Media

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE: 100517

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module explores the variety of media forms available to communicate wildlife and conservation.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To develop practical skills in using and selecting media and evaluating the effectiveness of a media

message.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate practical skills in a variety of media forms.2. Demonstrate an appreciation of the ethical issues involved in developing campaign materials.3. Select appropriate media to communicate wildlife issues.4. Evaluate the effectiveness of media campaigns.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 April 2005 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2005 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 62

Page 63: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 110MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt OTHER MODULE STAFF: Emma Caddis, Caroline Friggens, Lisa Wallace

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Principles and applications of a variety of media forms such as: video and film, radio, performance arts, static arts, electronic media, presentations, signage and interpretive materials. Principles of design and layout. Case studies of wildlife communication and media campaigns.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 9Tutorial 6Practical Classes and Workshops 64Guided Independent study 121

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

ET

CourseworkC1C2

Evaluation Report Portfolio

20%80%

Total = 100%Practical P

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Wildlife Education and Media External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Amelia Grass

Updated by Jason Birt 01/09/15 Approved by: HE Operations 19/9/19

Recommended Texts and Sources:BAINES, Phil and DIXON, Catherine (2003) Signs : lettering in the environment Laurence King, LondonBEUZIT, Patrick (2001) Creating your own web site with FrontPage express : a step-by-step guide in colour Hachette UKDORNER, Jane (2002) Writing for the internet Oxford University Press, OxfordGATES, Richard (1992) Production management for film and video Focal Press, OxfordGREGORY, Wendy (1996) Informability manual: Making information more accessible in the light of the disability discrimination act HMSO, London.HART, John (1999) The art of the storyboard: storyboarding for film, TV and animation Focal Press, Boston, Massachusetts.KAYE, Nick (2000) Site specific art : performance place and documentation Routledge, LondonTRULOVE, James Grayson, SPRAGUE, Connie and COLONY, Steel (2000) This way : signage design for public spaces Rockport Publishers Inc. Gloucester MAWATTS, Harris (1997) Directing on camera: a checklist of video and film technique AAVO.

Page 63

Page 64: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

WATTS, Harris (1997) On Camera: essential know-how for programme makers AAVOSECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN123 MODULE TITLE: Culture of Surf and Sport

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module underpins knowledge of how surf recreation has developed and provides an introduction to the institutions of government in the UK and internationally which govern sports. It outlines the decision making procedures of those bodies and examines the political and social context in which they work. It also examines the media in the context of surfing and the surf industry.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to instil knowledge of the history and development of surf recreation and to provide

students with an awareness of the essential elements of the historical, institutional and political structures of competitive sports; an appreciation of how sporting interests are represented; and the particular regulatory and political environment of surfing. It also aims to ensure that students will appreciate the role of the media and the relationship between the surf industry and the media.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Discuss the history and development of surf recreation.2. Demonstrate knowledge of theories and concepts in describing the politics of sport.3. Interpret and assess: different types of political information, representing structured arguments in a

clear and coherent manner.4. Analyse the relationship between surf industry and the media and the institutional context within

which media and sport interact.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Aug 2002 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2010 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 64

Page 65: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 108

MODULE LEADER: Chris Selvey OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Lectures on aspects of the history and development of surf recreation.British and sporting political institutions at the local, national and international levels and the work of the Sports Council and examination of those bodies which regulate the surfing environment.An analysis of the role of environmental pressure groups concerned with cleanliness of bathing water and beaches.Media institutions, theories of control and regulatory mechanisms (e.g. PCC, BSC, and ITC), distribution systems, new media technologies and the relationship between local surfing industry and media focusing on the creative response to new technologies and networks exhibited within the surfing community.Source of finance, types of audience, effects on behaviour and commercial links between media and sport.Issues of representation ideology and the concept of balance and bias.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 60External Visits 4Guided Independent study 136

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name

Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Exam – Politics and Media

100%Total = 100%

T %Total = 100%

CourseworkC1C2

35%35%

Total = 100%

Practical P %Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date: 23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science and TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the moduleUpdated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources: Page 65

Page 66: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Beashel, P., & Taylor, J., 1996. Advanced studies in physical education and sport. Nelson.Branston, B., & Stafford, R., 2006. The media student’s book. London: Routledge.Cashmore, E., 2005. Making sense of sport. 4th Edition. London: Routledge.Coakley. J., 2007. Sport in Society: issues and controversies. 7th Edition. McGraw-HillFinney, R., 1996. Surfing: a history of the ancient Hawaiian Sport. California: Pomegranate Communications.Gabbard, A., 2000. Girl in the curl, a century of women in surfing. Hong Kong: Midas Printing.Grigg, R., 1998. Big surf, deep dives and the islands. Hawaii: Editions Ltd.Hall, S., 1997. Representation. London: SageHargreaves, J., 1987. Sport, power and culture. Polity Press.Hargreaves, J., 2007. Culture, politics and sport. RoutledgeHemmings, F., 1999. The soul of surfing. New York: Thunders Mouth Press.Holmes, R., 1994. You should have been here yesterday: the roots of British surfing. SeasEdge Publications.Jarrett, P., 2000. Mr Sunset – the Jeff Hakman story. Wakefield: Sensedge PublicationsJary, D., & Jary, J., 2005. Collins dictionary of sociology. 3rd Edition. Harper CollinsKampion, D., 1998. Stoked: a history of surf culture. Los Angeles: Evergreen.Lury, C., 1996. Consumer culture. Oxford: Polity Press.Mansfield. R., 2009. The Surfing Tribe. Orca publicationsO’Sullivan, T., 2003. Studying the media. 3rd Edition. Hodder Arnold.Riordan, J., & Kruger, A., 1999. International politics of sport in the 20th century. London: Taylor & Francis.Ritz, G., 2007. The McDonaldization of society. 5th Edition. Sage Pubs Inc.Slater, D., & Entwistle, J., 2009. Consumer culture. London: SageYoung, N., 2006. The history of surfing. Gibbs M Smith Inc.Various relevant journals and magazines.

Page 66

Page 67: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN124 MODULE TITLE: Physical and Geographical Influences on Surfing

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module will introduce the theoretical aspects of wave formation and motion and the link to weather systems. It will also provide students with an understanding of tides and tidal cycles, climatic change along with practical aspects of meteorology, the ability to interpret weather systems.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to provide students with an understanding of how waves form, travel and interact

with the coast to create surfing conditions. To understand why tides form and to understand the patterns in tidal height. To understand weather,

factors affecting climate change.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate knowledge of the relationship between pressure systems and wind direction and

strength.2. Exhibit knowledge of the terms describing waves, motion of water particles within water waves, wave

propagation, formation, properties and the formation of groups.3. Demonstrate knowledge of the characteristics of the earth’s weather patterns, influences on ocean

currents and the effect of climate change.4. Discuss how tides are formed and what causes the cycles seen in tidal heights.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Aug 2002 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2010 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/04/10 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 67

Page 68: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Analysis of weather charts to predict wind direction and wind speed.Study of the properties of waves.Investigate and compare methods of surf prediction including wave buoy data, television forecasts and use of weather charts.Relate beach shape to wave breaking patterns.Use of graphical methods to demonstrate formation and motion of groups or sets, tidal cycles and trends.Global atmospheric circulation, the ocean atmosphere system, pressure systems, weather associated with the passage pressure systems.Synoptic charts and weather forecasting, atmospheric observations, measuring elements of the weather, the application of remote sensing.Theories and debates surrounding climate change.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 60Practical Classes and Workshops 6Guided Independent study 134

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name

Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 100%Total = 100%

T Total = 100%

Coursework C1 100%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date: 23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science and TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Matt Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 68

Page 69: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Allaby. M., 2007. Encyclopaedia of weather and climate. USA: Facts on file.Black. K. & Finkl. C., 2001. Journal of coastal research. Florida: Coastal education and research foundation.Butt. T., & Russell. P., 2004. Surf Science and Technology. 2nd Edition. Alison Hodge.Cool. N. T., 2003 Wetsand wave guide to surf forecasting. Lincoln, NE. I Universe IncHolden. J., 2008. An introduction to physical geography and the environment. Prentice-Hall InternationalKomar, P., 1998. Beach processes and sedimentation. 2nd Edition Prentice Hall.Masslink. G., Hughes. M., 2003. Introduction to coastal processes and geomorphology. Hodder and StoughtonMcIlveen, R., 1998. Fundamentals of weather and climate. 2nd Edition. Stanley Thomas Publishers Ltd.Open University, 2000. Waves, Tides and Shallow Water Processes. Butterworth-Heinemann.Sorenson, R.M., 1993. Basic wave mechanics. Wiley and Sons Inc.Waugh, D., 2009. Geography: an integrated approach. 4th Edition. Nelson UK.

Page 69

Page 70: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN138 MODULE TITLE: Surf Practice

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module underpins how surf recreation is practised and taught and offers a frame-work for understanding the acquisition of basic skills in surfing. It incorporates practical sessions in which safe management of surfing activity is covered, followed by outline coverage of the British Surfing Association’s Level 1 Surf Instructor syllabus. It also explains body movement and the physical principles that underpin the sport of surfing.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To foster the ability to participate in and manage surf recreation in a safe manner. To provide opportunity to work towards gaining a National Governing body qualification in surf

instruction. To study general principles relating to the surfing environment. To provide students with the knowledge of the physical principles that cause body movement and

that determine the motion of the surfer.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Apply knowledge of the surfing environment to plan and execute safe surfing activity at novice level.2. Demonstrate competent theoretical and practical knowledge of acquisition or enhancement of surfing

skills.3. Show understanding of basic biomechanical principles in relation to surfing

DATE OF APPROVAL: 28 Feb 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 70

Page 71: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 108MODULE LEADER: Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF: SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Practical sessions covering surfing equipment, waves, beaches, safety and risk assessment for novice level surfing activity.Practical coverage of the BSA Level 1 Surf Instructor syllabus. Range and planes of movement, motion, stability, equilibrium.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 26Practical Classes and Workshops 17Guided Independent Study 57

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%T Total = 100%

Coursework

C1

C2

Assignment - Report and PresentationAssignment - Understanding basic biomechanical principles.

60%

40%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%Updated by: Date: Approved by:

HE OperationsDate:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science and TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Matt Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Blazevich. A., 2007. Sports biomechanics – optimizing human performance. London: A & C BlackBritish Surfing Association. Surf coach’s manualBritish Surfing Association. Surfing in Britain.Fullick, P., 2000. Physics. 2nd Edition. Heinemann.Hall, S., 2006. Basic biomechanics. 5th Edition. McGraw Hill.RLSS. Lifesaving. Royal Life Saving Society"SLSAGB. 2006 NaRS national rescue standard: beach lifeguard training manual. SLSAGBVarious relevant journals and magazines."

Page 71

Page 72: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN139 MODULE TITLE: Media and Events

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE: 100083

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module introduces students to competitions and how they are organised and judged, and to the skills and techniques that top class surfers demonstrate. This module explores the variety of media forms available to communicate in the sporting arena.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To introduce students to competitive surfing, the techniques involved and the organisation and

judging of events. To explore the use of media as a communication tool for events and business.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate knowledge of forms of media used to communicate a marketing message2. Explain the range and structure of surfing competition locally, nationally and internationally.3. Explain how surfing competitions are organised, judged and analyse competitive surfing performance.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 28 Feb 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: Spring

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 72

Page 73: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 145

MODULE LEADER: Brender Wilmott OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Theoretical and practical aspects of the British Surfing Association Level 2 Coaching Award.British Surfing Association Judging course.Plan, stage and judge a surfing competition.Practical use of a range of media.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Seminar 2Fieldwork 24External Visits 8Guided Independent Study 146

Total 20 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%T Total = 100%

Coursework

C1

C2

Assignment - Use of media to convey a messageAssignment - Reflection on preparation for and running of surf

30%

70%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science and TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Matt Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 73

Page 74: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:British Surfing Association. Surf coach’s manual.British Surfing Association. ISA Judging Course Handbook.Beuzit, P., (2001) Creating your own web site with FrontPage express : a step-by-step guide in colour Hachette UKBowden, G.A.J., (2005) Events management. Oxford: NewnesBranston, B., & Stafford, R., (2006) The media student’s book. London: Routledge.Dorner, J. , (2002) Writing for the internet: Oxford University Press, OxfordGates, R., (1992) Production management for film and video: Focal Press, OxfordHart, J., (1999) The art of the storyboard: storyboarding for film, TV and animation Focal Press, Boston, Massachusetts.Power, C., (1993) BSA guide to surfing in Britain. British Surfing Association.Sutherland, B., (2006) The Stormrider guide: Europe. Low Pressure Publishing.Van Der Wagen. L., (2007). Event management: for tourism, cultural, business and sporting events. Pearson Hospitality.Watts, H., (1997) Directing on camera: a checklist of video and film technique AAVO.Watts, H., (1997) On Camera: essential know-how for programme makers AAVO

Page 74

Page 75: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN158 MODULE TITLE: Scientific Techniques

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides a foundation in a range of scientific techniques and skills that are fundamental to academic study of the sciences both in a field based and laboratory scenario

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 % P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 30%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide students with foundation knowledge in scientific techniques and skills and their application

during in situ scenarios. These techniques and skills are fundamental to scientific study, investigation, analysis and reporting.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts that constitute ‘scientific method’.2. Demonstrate an understanding of data types and collection methods.3. Collect, analyse and present data.4. Apply an understanding of statistical methods and use appropriate methods of data analysis.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 28 Feb 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sep 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 75

Page 76: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Chris Selvey OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Introduction to the scientific method; designing, planning and carrying out a scientific investigation and its management. Interpreting and reporting a scientific investigation (scientific report format, graphs, charts, tables and field sketches). Using a range of sources for information and correct referencing of courses (Harvard Referencing System). Basic application of number (means, modes, and medians; ranges, IQR, standard deviation; trigonometry; use of scientific calculator). Application of statistical procedure (Chi Squared, Spearman’s Rank, Wilcoxon, T test, ANOVA). Field based data collection and surveying techniques (transects, beach & estuary profile, ethograms, tallies, frequencies).

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 15Practical Classes and Workshops 35Guided Independent Study 140

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T1_ Statistics – to cover ALO 4

100%Total = 100%

CourseworkC1

C2_

Scientific Report – to cover ALO 1Consultancy Report – ALO 2 & 3

50%

50%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science and TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Matt Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 76

Page 77: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Fowler, J., Cohen, L., Jarvis, P., 2001. Practical statistics for field biology. 2nd ed. Wiley.Williams, G., 1991. Techniques and fieldwork in ecology. Collins ed.Hawkins, S Jones, H., 1992 Marine Fieldwork course guide: Rocky Shores. IMMEL PublishingSt. John, P Richardson, D. 2006 Methods of Presenting Fieldwork Data Geographical AssociationBarnard C, Gilbert F McGregor P (2001) Asking Questions in Biology: Key Skills for Practical AssessmentsClarke, G.M., 1994. Statistics and experimental design. 3rd ed. London: Edward Arnold.Chalmers, N (1989) Open University Project Guide. Field studies CouncilNichols, D., 2000. Safety in biological fieldwork. 4th ed. London: Institute of Biology.

Page 77

Page 78: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: ASR113 MODULE TITLE: Animal Training

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: None HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides the student with an introduction to animal training techniques in a range of species. The fundamental principles of training are discussed at length, followed by detailed sessions with guest speakers and practical experience of how animals are trained.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To ensure the student understands the behavioural, practical and ethical issues relating to the training

of animals.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Describe the behavioural basis for the process of training animals.2. Explain the process by which dogs, birds and horses can be trained and the equipment and techniques

available.3. Identify the reasons why animals might be trained and the ethical issues surrounding those reasons.4. Examine training techniques and their use in alleviating problem behaviour.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Apr 2005 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2005 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College Newquay

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: Spring

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 78

Page 79: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 110

MODULE LEADER: Faye Archell OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:The behavioural basis for training in different companion animals and other species.The equipment and processes available to the trainer.Observation of behavioural techniques in use with dogs, birds and horses.Ethical issues relating to behaviour, the animal behaviour ‘industry’ and training in zoos.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 6 Core material deliveryPractical Classes and Workshops 16External Visits 4

Guided Independent Study 74 Students are expected to put in additional time outside of taught sessions.

Total       (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Written Report 100%Total = 100%

To cover all ALOs.

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:Faye Archell

Date:25/08/15

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:03/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological ConservationFdSc Animal & their EnvironmentFdSc Conservation and EcologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Sophie Mowles

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 79

Page 80: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Askew, H., 2003. Treatment behaviour for problems in dogs & cats: a guide for the small animal veterinarian. Blackwell Wissenschaft.Burch, M. & Bailey, J., 1999. How dogs learn. Howell Book House Inc., U.S.Glendell, G., 2007. Breaking bad habits in Parrots. Interpet Publishing Ltd: Surrey.Kiley-Worthington, M., 1997. The behaviour of horses in relation to management and training. J A Allen & Co Ltd.Manning, A & Stamp-Dawkins, M., 2012. An introduction to animal behaviour (Sixth Ed.). Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.Owens, P. & Eckroate, N., 1999. The dog whisperer: a compassionate, nonviolent approach to dog training. Adams Media Corporation.Parry-Jones, J., 2001. Training birds of prey. Newton Abbott: David & Charles.Spector, M., 1999 Clicker Training for Obedience Sunshine Books, U.STellington-Jones, L., 2001. Getting in T-touch with your dog: A gentle approach to influencing behaviour, health and performance. Trafalgar Square Books: VermontTellington-Jones, L., 2006. The Ultimate Horse Behaviour and Training Book: A Revolutionary and Enlightened Approach for the 21st Century. Kenilworth Press: Shrewsbury.

Page 80

Page 81: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN182 MODULE TITLE: Anthrozoology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: N CO-REQUISITES: N COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

Anthrozoology explores the relationships between humans, and animals as food; companions; workers; religious entities, scapegoats in society and experimental subjects. Domestication is compared and contrasted with non-domestication; and beliefs and cultural differences in the treatment of animals considered in the impact on animal welfare around the world.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA KIS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

Pass/Fail

T1 (Test) 50%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS This module provides an introduction to the new and interdisciplinary study of human/animal interactions.

Opportunities are provided to explore a range of Anthrozoological contacts, including comparing and contrasting human relations with wild and domestic animals. Students get will choose one aspect of human/animal activity to focus on as a case study and through this explore the principles of Anthrozoology.

Page 81

Page 82: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

1 Describe a range of human interactions with animals

2 Understand the nature, results and history of Anthrozoological associations

3 Interpret the relative motivations and impacts of animal/human contacts

4 Consider ethical issues relating to Anthrozoological relationships

ILO1: Knowledge and understanding: Understand the basis of non-human behaviour.

ILO2: Cognitive and intellectual skills – Demonstrate the interaction between ecology, physiology and behaviour.

ILO3: Transferable skills – Evaluate the use of psychological theories and research into the solving of behavioural problems.

ILO5: Practical – Assess the practical usefulness of different behavioural indicators of welfare.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 April 2010 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 September 2010

SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 82

Page 83: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Ruth Martin OTHER MODULE STAFF: NoneSummary of Module Content Affective (emotional) bonds between humans and animalsHuman perceptions and beliefs in respect of other animals.How some animals fit into human societies, variation between cultures, and change over time.How and why domestic animals evolved from wild species (paleoanthrozoology).Case studies

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

LECTURE 20

SEMINAR 20

WORKSHOPS 15

GUIDEED INDEPENDENT STUDY

145

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 83

Page 84: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Test LO1 & LO3; the scope of, and reasons for human-animal relationships 100%

CourseworkLO2 & LO4; History and ethics of human-animal relationships 100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework (in lieu of the original assessment)

Coursework – Cover LO1 & LO350%

Coursework Coursework – Cover LO2 & LO450%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Behaviour and PsychologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Sophie Mowles

Updated by: Ruth Martin 04/09/17 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 84

Page 85: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN186 MODULE TITLE: Psychological Principles

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 4 HECOS CODE: 100993

PRE-REQUISITES: N CO-REQUISITES: N COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

Students will be introduced to and develop knowledge and understanding of the basic principles of psychology including developmental, cognitive, biological, clinical, social, and comparative psychology in relation to animal behaviour as well as gaining an insight into the importance of individual differences and data analysis in psychological studies. ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA KIS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

Pass/Fail

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS

Knowledge and understanding of the basic principles of psychology in relation to studies of animal behaviour. The emphasis will be on the impact these principles have had on the study of animal behaviour in general.

Page 85

Page 86: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

1. Basic principles of developmental, cognitive, biological, clinical, social, and comparative psychology.

2. The usefulness of psychological approaches in understanding animal behaviour.

3. Basic data analysis in psychological studies.

ILO1: Knowledge and understanding: Understand the basis of non-human behaviour.

ILO2: Cognitive and intellectual skills – Demonstrate the interaction between ecology, physiology and behaviour.

ILO3: Transferable skills – Evaluate the use of psychological theories and research into the solving of behavioural problems.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 April 2010 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 September 2010

SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: January 2018 SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 86

Page 87: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 104MODULE LEADER: Julia Sullivan OTHER MODULE STAFF: None Summary of Module Content:Knowledge and evaluation of basic psychological principles in relation to specific examples of animal behaviour. Explain the usefulness of basic psychological principles in examining individual differences in animal behaviour.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities,

including formative assessment opportunities)LECTURE 35SEMINAR 15TUTORIAL 10GUIDED INDEPENDENT STUDY 140

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category

Component Name Component Weighting

Written examExam - LO1 Basic principles of developmental, cognitive, biological, clinical, social, and comparative psychology.

100 %

Coursework

LO2 The usefulness of psychological approaches in understanding animal behaviour.LO3 Basic data analysis in psychological studies.

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category

Component Name Component Weighting

Written examLO1 Basic principles of developmental, cognitive, biological, clinical, social, and comparative psychology. 100%

CourseworkLO2 The usefulness of psychological approaches in understanding animal behaviour.LO3 Basic data analysis in psychological studies.

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Behaviour and PsychologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Sophie Mowles

Updated by: Julia Sullivan 24/01/18 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 87

Page 88: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN128 MODULE TITLE: Ecology of Aquatic Systems

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE: 100418

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module introduces students to the ecology of natural freshwater and marine environments. It involves the application of basic field study techniques during fieldwork.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 % C1 (Coursework) 60 % P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide students with a basic understanding of general ecology principles with respect to natural

and man-made aquatic environments.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Carry out field work safely and ethically in an aquatic ecosystem and compile a field work report

analysing and evaluating the results.2. Describe and ecology of a range of aquatic ecosystems, including foodwebs and community structure.3. Discuss the interaction between biotic and abiotic factors in an aquatic system.4. Describe the population dynamics of an aquatic organism.5. Describe current threats to aquatic systems.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 July 2003 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2010 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/11/09 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 88

Page 89: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Rebecca Allen OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Aquatic ecosystems (freshwater and marine); ecological niches; ecological succession, competitive exclusion principle; basic population dynamics; inter and intra-specific competition; predator-prey relationships; mutualism; parasitism. Importance of dispersal resources, limiting factors and regulating mechanisms. Aquatic communities. The management of captive and wild populations.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 24Seminar 4Fieldwork 48External Visits 4Guided Independent study 120

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Examination 100%Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

CourseworkC1C2

Field TasksPoster

50%50%

Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Conservation and Ecology BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyFdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module:

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Bronmark C. 2005. The Biology of Lakes and Ponds Oxford University PressBronmark C. 2005. The Biology of Lakes and Ponds Oxford University PressFish J & Fish S 1996. A Students Guide to the Seashore Cambridge University PressGibson R et al 2001. Photographic Guide to Sea and Shore Life of Britain and North-west Europe Oxford University PressGiller P, 1998. The Biology of Streams and Rivers Oxford University PressMichel J Kaiser et al 2005. Marine Ecology Processes, Systems, and Impacts Oxford University PressSpeight, M. R., and Henderson, P. A., 2012. Marine Ecology. London: Wiley-Blackwell

Page 89

Page 90: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN181 MODULE TITLE: The British Countryside

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECOS CODE: 100468

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module looks at the processes which have shaped the countryside, including geology, climate, human activity and agriculture. It examines detailed studies of major British habitats, with particular reference to plants and their identification.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) 40%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To increase student’s knowledge of terrestrial habitats of the UK and understand the forces that have

shaped this landscape. This includes geological, climatic and anthropogenic processes and their roles in influencing the shape of the countryside. Enable students to undertake a botanical survey and collect voucher specimens.

To develop identification skills for invertebrates and for vascular plants, including grasses, sedges and rushes.

To elucidate the main responsibilities, policies and current environmental issues managed by organisations in UK.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of geomorphology and climate in shaping the present-day

British countryside.2. Describe the historical influences of agriculture and other human activity on the British countryside.3. Discuss recent trends in UK environment and conservation policy.4. Exhibit identification skills and do appropriate surveys for plants in a range of habitats.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 30 Nov 2016 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 90

Page 91: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 124

MODULE LEADER: Lawrence Moores OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:The impact of geomorphology and climate: major geological landscape types; glacial, periglacial and fluvial action. Focus on SW landscape features (e.g. tors and moors, rias.) Human activity through pre-historic times and recent history: to include prehistoric deforestation, mineral streaming and mining; agricultural changes – livestock / pastoral ecosystems, enclosures act.A review of the major environmental management organisations in the UK, with current environmental trends, policies and legislation (including Strategic Plan for Biodiversity).Identification and classification of some important terrestrial habitats (e.g. sand dunes, shingle beaches, heathland, chalk grassland, cliffs, woodlands, grasslands and including urban habitats such as church yards, gardens) with associated plant communities (e.g. by using NVC). Plant survey techniques, phase 1 and 2 habitat surveys, basic plant and invertebrate identification.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationPractical Classes and Workshops 40 Core material deliveryFieldwork 13

Guided independent study 147 Students are expected to put in additional time outside of taught sessions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_T_

Coursework C1 Report 100%Total = 100%

LO 1, 2 & 3

Practical P1 Workshop on plant identification

100%Total = 100%

LO 4

Updated by:Angus Jackson

Date:November 2016

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:Oct 2018

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Conservation & EcologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Sue Engstrand

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 91

Page 92: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Rackham, O. 2003. The illustrated history of the countryside. W & N: London. Crane, N. 2016. The making of the British landscape: From the ice age to the present. Weinfeld & Nicholson: London.Wright, J. 2016. A Natural History of the Hedgerow: and ditches, dykes and dry stone walls. Profile Books Ltd.: London, UK.Rodwell, J.S. 2008. British Plant communities. Volumes 1-5. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, UK.JNCC. 1975. The National Vegetation Classification. http://jncc.defra.gov.uk/page-4259 Croft, P.S. 1986. Key to the major groups of British freshwater invertebrate animals. The Field Studies Council: Shropshire, UKJNCC, 2011. Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey. Joint Nature Conservation Committee: Peterborough, UK.

Page 92

Page 93: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

LEVEL 5NQS219 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH PROJECTCORN2010 ANIMAL BREEDING AND CONSERVATION GENETICSCORN278 PRIMATE BEHAVIOUR AND CONSERVATIONCORN2017 BEHAVIOURAL ECOLOGYCORN241 VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AND CONSERVATIONCORN2018 MARINE VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY & CONSERVATIONCORN2020 HABITAT SURVEY AND GISCORN2019 ECOLOGY SURVEY & MANAGEMENT OF MAMMALS AND HERPTILES CORN2021 INVERTEBRATE ECOLOGY AND SURVEYCORN2022 ZOOLOGICAL CONSERVATION IN PRACTICECORN2016 GLOBAL CONSERVATION ISSUESCORN2013 ZOO EXHIBIT MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICECORN2011 ANIMAL DISEASE CORN2014 HUSBANDRY OF CAPTIVE VERTEBRATESCORN2015 HUSBANDRY & CONSERVATION OF AQUATIC ORGANISMSCORN292 ADVANCED ECOLOGY AND SURVEY TECHNIQUESCORN290 FISH ECOLOGYCORN291 MARINE INVERTEGRATESCORN219 EDUCATION & INTERPRETATION IN PUBLIC SPACESCORN296 WILDLIFE EDUCATION AND MEDIA IN PRACTICECORN221 COMMUNICATING SCIENCE AND NATURAL HISTORYCORN241 VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AND CONSERVATIONCORN217 BEHAVIOURAL ECOLOGYCORN276 RESEARCH METHODS AND GIS FOR ZOOLOGYCORN273 POPULATION GENETICS & COMMUNITY ECOLOGYCORN236 MARINE CONSERVATION IN PRACTICECORN223 ECOLOGY AND MANGAEMENT OF THE COASTAL ENVIRONMENTCORN242 SOCIOLOGICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES OF SURFINGCORN243 SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF HEALTH, FITNESS AND NUTRITION IN SPORTCORN269 SURF BUSINESSCORN251 APPLICATION OF CAD IN THE SURF INDUSTRYCORN2009 ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR IN PRACTICECORN2008 ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR MANAGEMENT AND THERAPY

Page 93

Page 94: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: NQS219 MODULE TITLE: Individual Research Project

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module gives students the opportunity to conduct their own research project. Student involvement and responsibility stretches from project conception and planning, literature research, analysis and interpretation of data to report writing and presentation.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To develop students’ ability to plan and carry out an investigation in a well-defined, scientific way.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate an ability to review and evaluate relevant literature.2. Develop a project proposal which includes ethical and legal considerations.3. Undertake a personal study which involves the collection, evaluation, interpretation and presentation

of data.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Feb 2007 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2007 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 94

Page 95: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Ruth Martin OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Research methods & experimental design, hypothesis testing. Data collection, statistical analysis and presentation. Literature research, review and critique. Report writing.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 18 Research methods and project managementSeminar 8 Discussion on project progression and development.Tutorial 20 Project supervisionPractical Classes and Workshops 12 Sessions on different methods of data collectionGuided Independent Study 142 Independent data collection and analysis

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTCategory Elemen

tComponent Name Component

WeightingComments include links to learning objectives

CourseworkC1 Proposal and Lit Review

Report 35%65%

Total = 100%

LO1, LO2LO1, LO3

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

CourseworkProduce a scientific report summarising the findings from a planned independent hypothesis driven study. (LO1, LO2, LO3)

100%

100%

Updated by: K.Haynes

Date: 28/03/19

Approved by: Amanda Crowle

Date: 29/3/19

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation And EcologyFdSc Animal Husbandry And Welfare FdSc Animal Behaviour And PsychologyFdSc Surf Science And Technology FdSc Marine ConservationFdSc Wildlife Education And MediaExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davis

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 95

Page 96: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:"BARNARD, C.J. (Author.), GILBERT, F.S. (Author.) And MCGREGOR, P.K. (Author.) (2016) Asking questions in biology: a guide to hypothesis testing, experimental design & presentation in practical work & research projects. 5th edn. London: Pearson Education.""BECKERMAN, A.P. (Author.) And PETCHEY, O.L. (Author.) (2012) Getting started with R: an introduction for biologists. Oxford: Oxford University Press.""CLOUT, M.N. (Author.) (2009) Invasive species management: a handbook of principles & techniques. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (Techniques in ecology & conservation).""CORBIN, J.M. (Author.) And STRAUSS, A. (Author.) (2008) Basics of qualitative research: techniques & procedures for developing grounded theory. 3rd edn. London: Sage Publications.""DYTHAM, C. (Author.) (2010) Choosing & using statistics: a biologist's guide. 3rd edn. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing""ENNOS, R. (Author.) (2012) Statistical and data handling skills in biology. 3rd edn. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited""GARDENER, M. (Author.) (2012) Statistics for ecologists using R & Excel: data collection, exploration, analysis & presentation. Exeter: Pelagic Pub. (Data in the wild series).""JONES, A. (Author.), REED, R. (Author.) And WEYERS, J. (Author.) (2012) Practical skills in biology. 5th edn. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited."KAPS, M. (Author.) (2009) Biostatistics for animal science. 2nd edn. CABI.VAN EMDEN, H.F. (Author.) (2008) Statistics for terrified biologists. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.

Page 96

Page 97: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2010 MODULE TITLE: Animal Breeding and Conservation Genetics

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECoS CODE: 100847

PRE-REQUISITES: N CO-REQUISITES: N COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module provides students with an understanding of reproductive biology and how this relates to animal population management within both a captive and a wild setting. The module will further investigate how genetics can support population management and conservation.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To provide an introduction to the genetics and reproduction biology of a range of animals

To provide students with the knowledge of a range of techniques used to monitor and manage captive and wild animal populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme

Page 97

Page 98: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.)

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

FdSc Zoological Conservation

FdSc Animal Husbandry and Welfare

1. Explain the molecular, cellular and organism level processes involved in inheritance and reproduction of animals.

6.1a 6.1a

2. Evaluate the importance of applying different aspects of population genetics to practical captive and wild animal management scenarios.

6.3b 6.1c; 6.2a

3. Analyse and interpret genetic data in the context of wild or captive animal management.

6.2c, 6.3a 6.5a

4. Appraise the current management approaches for species conservation which integrate both wild and captive populations.

6.2a, b, 6.3b 6.1b,c;6.2a

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 98

Page 99: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Kelly Haynes OTHER MODULE STAFF: Summary of Module Content:

Population genetics including analysis of genetic data- allele and phenotypic frequencies, Hardy Weinberg and gene mutation. Use of computer programmes such as FSTAT and poppr in R. Application of population genetics in captive animal and studbook management including the calculation of mean kinship scores and use of software such as PMx, ZIMS and SPARKS, and how these population data feed into wider conservation and population management plans such as TAG, CBSG, RSG, and SSC, and One Plan. Reproductive biology and strategies and the importance of these in captive population management (i.e. maintaining environmental cues and controlling breeding)A review of current conservation genetic techniques used to monitor, manage and maintain wild populations such as eDNA, barcoding, and disease testing.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 40Covering basic inheritance, reproductive strategies and application of genetics in population management and in situ/ex situ breeding.

Practical Classes and Workshops

30

IT based workshops using PMx and SPARKS

Practical activities to include DNA extraction, amplification and electrophoresis

External Visits 8Trip to Paignton Zoo including talk on captive breeding management and demonstration of PMx

Guided Independent Study

122

Students will be expected to read around the subject to embed the theory and understand the varying applications of molecular techniques in conservation and animal management

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 99

Page 100: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Exam

Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of cellular and molecular level genetic processes as well as population genetics and a range of animal reproductive strategies and their application to captive animal management.

Exam (LO1, 2, 4) - combination of short and long answer questions.

100%

Coursework

Coursework (LO3, LO4)

Report communicating the results following analysis of genetic data from a theoretical animal population and the significance in context of the species conservation management.

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

CourseworkAnalyse genetic data from a captive/wild population and apply the results to the long term species management. (LO2, 3)

100%

ExamExam consisting of a series of short and long answer questions to cover LO1, 2 and 4

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: K HAYNES 26 June 19 Approved by: A CROWLE 10 July 19To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Animal Husbandry And WelfareExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davis

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 100

Page 101: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN278 MODULE TITLE: Primate Behaviour and Conservation

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module explores some aspects of the behaviour of primates, including how they learn and behave in natural and captive situations, and how this research informs conservation strategies.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To ensure students understand how primates behave in natural and captive situations, investigate our

relationship with nonhuman primates and understand how this leads to successful conservation management.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Explain the impacts of culture and media on the conservation of primates.2. Analyse different primate social systems.3. Discuss how known primate social system informs conservation practice.4. Illustrate how our understanding of primate behaviour has changed over time.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 101

Page 102: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Mark Harrison OTHER MODULE STAFF: NoneSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Weekly lecture series Weekly lectures and tutorials and practical workshops for the observation and measurement of behaviour. Briefing on module. Introduction to primates. Physiological basis of behaviour. Behavioural ecology of primates. Case studies of conservation management plans for primatesSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lecture 30Theory of behavioural ecology using primate examples. Evolution of culture around primates and their relationship with humans. Physiology of primate behaviour.

Practical Classes and Workshops 30

Development of behaviour observation skills including observation of differing social systems. Research activities to demonstrate the use of primate behaviour in effective conservation strategies.

Fieldwork 30 Visits to local and national primate collections and rehabilitation centres.

Guided Independent study 110 Moodle tasks and guided reading.Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)Category Element Component Name Component

WeightingComments include links to learning objectives

Written exam E1 LO1, 3, 4 -

examination.100%

Total = 100%

Coursework C1LO2, 3, 4 - Report based on behavioural observations.

100%Total = 100%

Updated by:K. Haynes

Date:28/3/19

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:29/3/19

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Wildlife Education And MediaBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Hohmann, G., Robbins, M., and Boesch, C. 2012. Feeding ecology in Apes and other Primates: Ecological, Physiological and Behavioural Aspects. Cambridge University PressMatsuzawa, T., Humle, T., and Sugiyama, Y. 2013 The chimpanzees of Bossou and Nimba. Springer-VerlagQuiatt, D. and Reynolds, V. 1995. Primate Behaviour: Information, Social Knowledge and Evolution of Culture. Cambridge University PressStrier K. 2002. Primate Behavioural Ecology. 2nd Ed. Allyn & Bacon

Page 102

Page 103: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (Approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2017 MODULE TITLE: Behavioural Ecology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100347

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module will explore the functional significance of animal behaviour in terms of fitness, covering major theories and supporting studies in the fields of evolutionary and behavioural ecology.ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement:

MODULE AIMS: To explore a range of theories and examples which identify the trade-offs between different

selection pressures which give functional explanations for animal behaviour in the wild.

To understand the application of knowledge of behavioural ecology to a range of conservation and management issues

Page 103

Page 104: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Zoological Conservation

FdSc Animal Behaviour and Psychology

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & Conservation

FdSc Wildlife Education and Media

1. Understand the factors influencing mate choice, parental care and social structure

6.1b, 6.2b, 6.3b ILO1 LO5 ILO1

2. Apply the concepts of optimality to foraging and group living

6.1b, 6.2b, 6.5c ILO1 LO5 ILO1

3. Apply the concepts of game theory and evolutionary stable strategies to explain communication, cooperative and aggressive behaviours

6.1b, 6.2b ILO1 LO5 ILO1

4. Demonstrate knowledge of individual and population behaviour and its implications for conservation in captive and wild populations

6.1c, 6.2b, 6.3b, ILO3 LO4 ILO7

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX SEMESTER:

Notes:

Page 104

Page 105: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Lawrence Moores OTHER MODULE STAFF:

Summary of Module Content: Natural selection, parental care, sexual selection, sperm competition, altruism, animal signals, optimum foraging theory, communication, animal adaptation, classical and operant conditioning, play behaviour, nature versus nurture, enrichment, genetic influence, conservation implications, viability and captive breeding systems, dispersal, social organisation, predator-prey, individual identification and recognition systems, vigilance and group living.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 40 Lectures to cover different ecological and behavioural theory such as optimal foraging, operant conditioning and social structure.

Practical Classes and Workshops

30Group workshops to include avian behavioural observation

Guided Independent Study

130Selection of VLE and independent research tasks to further expand and embed the theory within the lesson.

Total 200(NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 105

Page 106: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Exam Exam on principles of behavioural ecology- short and long answer questions. LO1, LO3,

100%

Coursework Report on behavioural ecology and evaluation of conservation actions LO2, LO4

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

ExamExam on principles of behavioural ecology short and long answer questions. LO1, LO3,

100%

CourseworkReport on behavioural ecology and evaluation of conservation actions (This must be different to the original assignment) LO2, LO4

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: A Crowle 10 July 19

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Animal Behaviour And PsychologyFdSc Wildlife Education And Media BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the moduleUpdated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 106

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Caro, T., 1998. Behavioural ecology and conservation biology. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Drickamer, L.C., Vessey, S. H. & Jakob, E. M., 2002. Animal behaviour. New York: McGraw-Hill Higher Education. Krebs, J. R. & Davies, N. B., 1999. Behavioural ecology: an evolutionary approach. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.Krebs, J. R. & Davies, N. B. (2000). An introduction to behavioural ecology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.

Page 107: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN241 MODULE TITLE: Vertebrate Zoology and Conservation

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)To provide students with a knowledge of the interrelated body systems for a range of terrestrial vertebrates and the principles of breeding animals in captivity, and successful reintroduction of captive bred animals into their natural environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A’

MODULE AIMS: To encourage an understanding of the taxonomy, anatomy and physiology of terrestrial vertebrates

and to explore actual and best practice in breeding animals in captivity and successful reintroduction programmes –providing an in-depth understanding of ex-situ and in-situ conservation values and ethics.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Compare and contrast the functional ecology of a range of terrestrial vertebrates.2. Critically evaluate captive breeding and reintroduction programmes, including ethical issues for a

selection of key vertebrates.3. Demonstrate an understanding of the national and international legislative and policy environments

relevant to biodiversity conservation.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Jan 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 107

Page 108: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Vicky Holland OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Anatomy and physiology of main body and adaptations to particular environments, reproductive strategies and life histories, captive breeding principles and practice of protecting and conserving named species of terrestrial vertebrates. Cooperative global programmes, selection criteria for captive breeding. Reintroduction guidelines, criteria for success and case studies. convention on biodiversity, CITES, BAPS, international and national case studies

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 45Guided Independent Study 155

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam E Exam (40%) Total = 100% combination of short and long

answer questions (LO1, LO2)

Coursework C1

Report (60%) 100%Total = 100%

Review a captive breeding programme for a named species and outline the supporting legislative framework (LO2, LO3)

Updated by: K.Haynes

Date:28/3/19

Approved by: HE Operations

Date: 29/3/19

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Wildlife Education And MediaBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 108

Page 109: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2018 MODULE TITLE: Marine Vertebrate Biology & Conservation

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100418

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: YES

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module explores the functional biology of marine vertebrates, focussing especially on key conservation flagship species; elasmobranchs, marine reptiles, birds and marine mammals. A detailed understanding of feeding, physiological and morphological adaptations to the marine environment, locomotion and migration, social and reproductive behaviour will be explored and related to their conservation.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 10% P1 (Practical) 40%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To develop an understanding of selected aspects of the adaptive physiology and biology of marine vertebrates and to provide an insight into the conservation of key species.

Page 109

Page 110: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Zoological Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology

FdSc Marine Conservation

FdSc Wildlife Education and Media

1. Demonstrate a detailed knowledge of the main groups of marine vertebrates

6.1c LO5 ILO2 ILOA ILO1

2. Use ideas and information from a range of sources to demonstrate a good understanding of the feeding and behaviour patterns of named species

6.2b, 6.3b LO3 ILO1 ILOA ILO1

3. Describe and contrast the main physiological and anatomical adaptations to marine life in marine vertebrates

6.1a LO5 ILO2 ILOA ILO1

4. Demonstrate a detailed knowledge of the main factors affecting the population dynamics of marine vertebrates

6.1b LO5 ILO2 ILOA ILO1

5. Critically evaluate attempts to conserve a named species of marine vertebrate suggest suitable strategies for its conservation

6.2a, b, 6.4a LO3 ILO3 ILOC ILO4

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX SEMESTER:

Notes:

Page 110

Page 111: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Rebecca Allen OTHER MODULE STAFF: Summary of Module Content:Classification and characteristic features of marine vertebrates. Comparative anatomy and physiological adaptations to the marine environment. Communication among marine mammals. Surveying and monitoring marine vertebrates using traditional and modern technology. Field observations/ surveys of selected species of marine vertebrates. Population dynamics of a named species. Reproductive and feeding ecology of marine vertebrates. Conservation and protective legislation of marine vertebrate species.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 24

Covering theory of adaptive radiation of marine mammals, demonstrating anatomical and physiological adaptations. Behavioural ecology and legislative framework supporting the conservation of marine vertebrates

Practical Classes and Workshops

36 Population management- MSY

External Visits & Fieldwork

10 Marine mammal observations (shore and boat based)

Guided Independent Study

130Student are expected to read around the subject to consolidate their learning and complete VLE activities

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 111

Page 112: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

ExamExam- series of short and long answer questions LO1, LO2, LO3

100%

PracticalGroup Presentation (Conservation research proposal) LO1, LO4, LO5

100%

Coursework Moodle assessment LO4100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

ExamExam series of short and long answer questions LO1, LO2, LO3

100%

Coursework Moodle assessment LO4 100%

Coursework in lieu original (Practical)

Written proposal outlining planned research to inform conservation management of a selected marine vertebrate LO1, LO2, LO4, LO5

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 10 July 19To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyFdSc Marine Conservation FdSc Wildlife Education And MediaExternal Examiner responsible for the moduleUpdated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 112

Page 113: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2020 MODULE TITLE: Habitat Survey and GIS

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE:100347

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module equips students with the advanced habitat survey and reporting techniques necessary for ecological consultancy.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) Pass/Fail

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To develop survey and vegetation classification skills To equip students with appropriate skills to disseminate survey information. To understand the application of GIS in the context of habitat surveying.

Page 113

Page 114: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

FdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation & Ecology

1. Demonstrate a good knowledge of plant groups and habitat classification

6.1b, c ILO1

2. Plan and undertake appropriate ecological surveys

6.1c, 6.2c, 6.3c, 6.4a, 6.5b ILO7

3. Analyse and communicate survey data appropriately

6.3a, 6.5c ILO7

4. Use GIS to support habitat surveys

6.3b, 6.5c ILO7

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 114

Page 115: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Yvonne Oates OTHER MODULE STAFF: None Summary of Module Content:

Survey techniques and methodology, recording skills, vegetation ID and classification. Analysing and communicating surveyed data effectively. Geographic Information Systems as a tool for survey planning, support, review and presentation.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 15 Lectures, exercises, tutor guided research, formative student led presentations.

Seminar 5 Theme focused discussion and debate.

Practical classes and workshops

15 GIS workshops and practical field data collection

Fieldwork 25 Survey methods and fieldwork supporting assessment

Guided Independent Study

140 VLE activities and further extended reading to support theory

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 115

Page 116: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

CW1: Group ecological Survey at The Eden Project or similar location and supporting independent report, including the use of GIS. L02, LO3, LO4

CW2: Phase 1 Habitat Survey and associated report, with GIS mapping as appropriate. LO1, LO2

70%

30%

Total- 100%

PracticalSummary presentation of survey and findings of Group Ecological Survey - LO3 Pass/Fail

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework (in lieu of the practical assessment)

Create a presentation with associated notes which communicate the findings of an independent habitat survey with data mapped using GIS LO3,

P/F

CourseworkIndependent habitat Survey with associated GIS mapping and supporting report to communicate the findings LO1, LO2, LO3, LO4

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 19 July 19

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation and EcologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Sue Engstrand

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 116

Page 117: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2019 MODULE TITLE: Ecology Survey & Management of Mammals and Herptile

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100347

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module will provide students with ecological knowledge about British land vertebrates, plus practical experience of surveying and sampling for them. It also explores methods for habitat management to improve conservation of these species.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) Pass/Fail

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To increase knowledge of ecology for British land vertebrates, with a focus on UK species. To understand basic survey techniques and their application to these taxa in their assorted habitats.

Develop knowledge about approaches and methods to manage habitats for these taxa, making this relevant to real-world situations

Page 117

Page 118: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation & Ecology

Understand and apply mammal and reptile survey techniques for a selection of UK habitats.

6.1b, 6.2a, c, 6.4a, 6.5a,b ILO7

Demonstrate knowledge of the ecology of British land vertebrates, including common non-native species

6.1b ILO1

Understand the legislation protecting British land vertebrates and methods of managing habitats for these taxa.

6.2a, b, 6.5a ILO2

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 118

Page 119: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:111MODULE LEADER: John Blackburn OTHER MODULE STAFF: Summary of Module Content:

Lifecycles, habitats and general ecology of British land vertebrates: amphibians (frogs, toads & newts), reptiles (snakes and lizards) and mammals (otter and mink, rodents including dormouse, badger, bat and deer). Survey methods including: desk study, footprints, feeding signs, endoscope, bottle traps, bat detectors, tree roost surveys, and camera traps. Habitat management. Protected species and legislation. Rewilding.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lectures 9 Covering all the family groups in the UK, Rewilding, Natural history, survey and management techniques and legislation.

Practical Classes and Workshops

17 Practical Assessment. Endoscope inspection of trees. Bat sonograph workshop. Small mammal trapping. Barn owl pellet analysis.

Fieldwork 38 Trips to Breney Common SSSI, CWT Carn moor, Derek Gows’, CWT Lanvean Bottoms, Lanhydrock NT, CWT Windmill farm.

Guided independent study

136 Directed towards various handbooks and texts taken as industry standards.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 119

Page 120: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework Management Plan (Herptile or Mammal) LO1, LO2, LO3

100%

Practical Assessed Practical LO1 Pass/fail

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework Create a management plan. The scenario would change, but be equal in what was expected. LO1, LO2, LO3

100%

Practical Assessed Practical LO1 Pass/fail

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle10 July 19To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation And EcologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Sue Engstrand

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Arnold, E.N. & Ovenden, D.W. 2004. A Field Guide to the Reptiles and Amphibians of Britain and Europe. London: Collins. Bat Conservation Trust, 2007 Good Practice Guidelines. London: Bat Conservation Trust.Dodd Jr, C.K. 2010. Amphibian Ecology and Conservation: A Handbook of Techniques. Oxford: Oxford University Press. English Nature, 2006. The Dormouse Conservation Handbook. 2nd ed. Peterborough: English Nature.Gent, T. & Gibson, S., 2003. Herpetofauna Workers’ Manual. Peterborough: JNCC. Henderson, P.A., 2003. Practical Methods in Ecology. Oxford: Blackwell Science Ltd. Hill, D., ed., 2005. Handbook of Biodiversity Methods: Survey, Evaluation and Monitoring. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Available online. Pough, F.H, Andrews, R.M., Cadle, J.E., Crump, M.L., Savitzky, A.H. & Wells, K.D. 2004. Herpetology. 3 rd ed. London: Pearson Education Ltd.Sargent, G. & Morris, P., 2003. How to Find and Identify Mammals. London: The Mammal Society. Sutherland, W.J., 2006. Ecological Census Techniques: A Handbook. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Vitt, L.J. & Caldwell, J.P. 2009. Herpetology. 3rd ed. London: Academic Press.Useful websitesAmphibian and Reptile Conservation website: http://www.arc-trust.org/ Environment Agency website: http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC) website: http://www.jncc.gov.uk National Amphibian and Reptile Recording Scheme website: http://www.narrs.org.uk/Natural England website http://naturalengland.gov.uk The Mammal Society- http://www.mammal.org.uk/ Cornwall Mammal Group- http://www.cornwallmammalgroup.co.uk/

Page 120

Page 121: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2021 MODULE TITLE: Invertebrate Ecology and Survey

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100347

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module will provide students with knowledge and practical experience of surveying and sampling and a diverse range of invertebrate species.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) Pass/Fail

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement:

MODULE AIMS:

To understand the basic biology and ecology of the diverse taxa and apply basic survey techniques to a range of invertebrate species and habitats – terrestrial and aquatic.

Page 121

Page 122: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation &

Ecology1. Understand and apply

invertebrate survey techniques for a selection of UK habitats

6.2a, c, 6.3a, b, 6.5b, c ILO7

2. Describe different invertebrate groups and the role they play in the ecosystem, including common non-native species

6.1b, c ILO1

3. To understand the management of habitats to promote invertebrate conservation

6.2a, 6.5a, 6.4a ILO8

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 122

Page 123: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: John Blackburn OTHER MODULE STAFF:

Summary of Module Content:

Invertebrate ecology covering molluscs, crustaceans, hymenoptera, diptera, isopoda, coleopteran, chelicera and Lepidoptera. Invasive and Protected species. Survey techniques: RIVPACS, kick sampling, sweep nets, tullgren funnel. Habitat management.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 31 Covering most common invert groups, survey techniques and habitat techniques.

Practical classes and workshops

21 Practical assessment. Survey techniques – sweep netting, tullgren funnel, RIVPACS, moth trapping, kick sampling, UKBMS,

Guided independent study

148 Directed towards key texts, ID keys and handbooks

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 123

Page 124: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework Invertebrate Management Plan LO1, LO2, LO3 100%

Practical Assessed Practical LO1 Pass / Fail

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework Create a management plan. The scenario would change, but be equal in what was expected. LO1, LO2, LO3

100%

Practical Assessed Practical LO1 Pass/Fail

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 10 July 19

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation And EcologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Sue Engstrand

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Henderson, P.A. (2003) Practical Methods in Ecology (Paperback) Blackwell Science LtdHeath, D., 2000. Introduction to experimental design and statistics for biology. London: Taylor Francis.Brower, Zar & von Ende (1997) Field and Laboratory Methods for General Ecology (Spiral-bound) McGraw-Hill Higher Education; 4th edition.McCleery, Watt & Hart (2007) Introduction to Statistics for Biology (Paperback) Chapman & Hall/CRC; 3rd Rev Ed editionSutherland, W.J. (2006) Ecological Census Techniques: A Handbook (Paperback) Cambridge University Press; 2nd edition.Eddison, J., 1999. Quantitative investigations in the biosciences using MINITAB. London: Chapman & Hall/CRC.Van Emden, H. (2008). Statistics for Terrified Biologists. Wiley- Blackwell

Page 124

Page 125: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2022 MODULE TITLE: Zoological Conservation in Practice

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: COMPENSATABLE: N

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: This module evaluates the relationship between the ethos and activities of organisations and their role in conservation. The module will have a practical application with student involvement in taxon specific surveys with an emphasis on UK native species, and an understanding of how these filter into conservation management strategies. ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) Pass/Fail

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement:

MODULE AIMS:

Apply knowledge of the conservation framework to work related experience in the conservation sector

Page 125

Page 126: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Zoological Conservation

BSc (Hons)Applied Zoology & Conservation

FdSc Conservation & Ecology

1. Apply their understanding of different census and survey techniques for in-situ and ex-situ conservation.

6.1b LO6 ILO7

2. Complete 100 hours work-related experience in the conservation sector.

6.4a,b 6.3c LO7 ILO6

3. Evaluate work-related experience obtained in the conservation sector.

6.4a,b.c LO7 ILO6

4. Demonstrate an awareness of the legislative framework for conservation management.

6.2a LO1 ILO2

DATE OF APPROVAL: 17 May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 126

Page 127: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019/20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:111MODULE LEADER: Kelly Haynes OTHER MODULE STAFF: Summary of Module Content:This module will be delivered in part as a series of guest speakers working within the conservation sector and visits to conservation and zoology based organisations. Students will get an insight into the varying job roles within the conservation and zoology sector and an overview of how they work to meet shared or individual aims. Students will also be expected to have completed work experience hours independently, and within this module will reflect on their role within the organisation and the role of the organisation in the wider conservation setting. The structure of conservation framework nationally, European and Internationally will be discussed: key policy and agreements (examples include: Marine and coastal access act, Wildlife and conservation act, EU Habitats Directive/Birds directive, RAMSAR, OSPAR, as well as ex-situ; EEPs, BIAZA, EAZA, TAGs, SSPs). Students will also develop practical conservation skills and understand the importance of long term monitoring programmes through participation in a national/international taxon survey, such as WeBs-BTO.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 40 Lecture 40 Covering elements of legislation, habitat management and conservation

Seminar 10 Guest speakers and visits to stimulate discussion on conservation practice

Fieldwork 20 Guided fieldwork as part of a wider survey/population census

Tutorial 10 Tracking the progress of work experience hours and personal development plan

Work based learning 40 To be arranged by the student in relevant work (further 60 hrsRecorded by end of the course)

Guided independent study

80 VLE tasks and independent research

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 127

Page 128: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework Personal reflection on work experience placement and organisation, and submission of PDP including record of work experience hours and placement LO2, LO3Report summarising the findings of taxa/population level survey and review of the importance of designation and legislation to support the habitat/species. LO1, LO4

60%

40%

100%

Practical Completion of 40 hours work experience- LO2 Pass/Fail

REFERRAL ASSESSMENT

Element Category Component Name Component Weighting

Coursework

Task 1 - Compare and contrast three conservation organisations (such as Zoological collections, Conservation Projects) and produce a report analysing, evaluating and, where appropriate, comparing the way in which they work to maintain biodiversity.LO3, LO2

Task 2 - Report summarising the findings of taxa/population level citizen science survey, evaluate the methods used and outline the importance in these data to inform and support designation and legislation. LO1, LO4, LO1

100%

Practical Completion of 40 hours work experience LO2 Pass/Fail

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 19 July 19 To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation And EcologyBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 128

Page 129: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2016 MODULE TITLE: Global Conservation Issues

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100663

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: YES

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: This module explores the relationship between human societies and the natural environment, focussing on the consequences of anthropogenic activity on biodiversity.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To develop student appreciation of the impacts of anthropogenic activity on biodiversity and the wider natural environment. To explore mechanisms being developed to mitigate the negative consequences of human activity on the natural world.

Page 129

Page 130: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes

Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Zoological Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology

FdSc Marine Conservation

1. Discuss current threats to biodiversity across a range of biogeographical regions

6.1c, 6.2b, 6.5c LO1 ILO2 ILOA

2. Appraise attempts to protect and restore ecosystems and individual species

6.2a, b6.1a

LO3 ILO3 ILOB

3. Evaluate the role of different stakeholders in biodiversity conservation

6.2a, 6.4a, LO1 ILO3 ILOB

4. Discuss the relationship between human populations and the natural environment

6.1c LO1 ILO2 ILOG

DATE OF APPROVAL: May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: ALL YEAR

Notes:

Page 130

Page 131: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-2020 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:127MODULE LEADER: Lawrence Moores OTHER MODULE STAFF: Kelly Haynes, John

BlackburnSummary of Module Content: Direct and indirect threats to global biodiversity and how these are assessed Ecosystem services approach to valuing environments; ambassador, flagship & keystone

species. Introduction to conventional & environmental economics. Climate change Key Global conservation organisations & conventions: IUCN, WWF, FFI, Plantlife, TNC. CBD,

CITES, Red List, REDD & REDD+, IPCC Case studies of conservation projects. Community Based, ecotourism-based, PES, ZSL Edge

programme. British and European conservation organisation and legislative framework e.g. NE, NT, EA,

Habitats and Birds Directive, WACA 1981, CROW 2000, WFD, MSFD, Marine and Coastal Access Act

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lectures 40 Core lecture series on module content as indicated above

Trips & Visits 20 Visits to animal collections & conservation practitioners

Guest Speakers 10 Guests from selected conservation bodies to provide examples of perspective and case studies of conservation action

Student-led learning 130 Study on core content and assessment

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 131

Page 132: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Written examExam: Identifying human impacts on the natural environment, and threats to populations and ecosystems; and methods to mitigate. (LO1, 4)

100%

CourseworkEssay appraising efforts to conserve biodiversity in selected geographical regions (LOs 1, 2, 3). 100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Written exam

Exam: Identifying human impacts on the natural environment, and threats to populations and ecosystems; and methods to mitigate. (LO1, 4)- series of short and long answer questions

100%

CourseworkEssay appraising efforts to conserve biodiversity in named geographical region (LOs 1, 2, 3).

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: K Haynes 26 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 10 July 19

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Conservation And EcologyBSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology FdSc Marine ConservationFdSc Wildlife Education And Media BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 132

Page 133: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2013 MODULE TITLE: Zoo Exhibit Management in Practice

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECoS CODE: 100518

PRE-REQUISITES: N CO-REQUISITES: N COMPENSATABLE: YES

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR:

This module explores the role of the animal keeper both as a husbandry specialist, and as promoter of the visitor’s understanding of the animal exhibits in a collection.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical) 50%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To develop the employability skills of students as both animal husbandry specialists and interpreters of animal behaviour, welfare and conservation to zoo visitors.

Page 133

Page 134: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Animal Health and Welfare

1. Reflect on employability, communication and interpersonal skills developed in 100 hours of work experience and assess their own career plans

6.4 a, b, c.

2. Evaluate the contribution of an organisation in the animal collection sector to promotion of the values of conservation & animal welfare

6.4 a, b, c.

3. Present and evaluate materials on a zoological theme for educational use in an animal collection.

6.5c

DATE OF APPROVAL: May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 134

Page 135: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Vicky Holland OTHER MODULE STAFF: Lawrence Moores and

Ruth Martin Summary of Module Content:Carry out work placement. Role of animal keeper in zoos, rehabilitation centres, ethics of animal keeping and conservation. Role of interpretation and education in zoos and animal collections. Presenting skills, principles of science communication, storytelling, environmental awareness and behaviour change. Rules of graphic design, signage, links to statutory requirements of zoo displays. Consideration of needs of the animals and the impacts of visitors. Zoo education audiences – diversity and zoo relationship with audiences with specific requirements and high needs groups, formal education sector and other groups.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (Briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Work placement 100Placement to be completed in one or more relevant animal collections

Lectures 40theory and practice of interpretation; role of zoo breeding programmes; the value of zoos and effectiveness of zoo education

Guest speakers 20 Input from Zoo staff: Presenters, educators and curators

Visits 40 To various zoos/ animal collections in the region

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 135

Page 136: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:Element Category Component Name Component

Weighting

PracticalPresentation & evaluation of zoo educational media package (LO3)

100%

CourseworkReflection on work experience, skills gained & role of animal collection (LO1, LO2)

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework in lieu of original assessment (Practical)

Report on & evaluation of zoo educational media package (LO3)

100%

CourseworkReflection on work experience & role of animal collection (LO1, LO2)

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: Lawrence Moores 28 June 2019

Approved by: Amanda Crowle 10 July 2019

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Husbandry And WelfareExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davis

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 136

READING LIST:

European Association for Zoos & Aquaria, 2013. The Modern Zoo: Foundations for Management & Development. EAZA, Amsterdam.Kleiman, D.G., Thompson, K...V. & Baer, C.K., 2010. Wild mammals in captivity: principles and technique for zoo management. 2nd Ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Rees, P.A., 2010. An Introduction to Zoo Biology and Management. Wiley Online

Page 137: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2011 MODULE TITLE: Animal Disease

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100936

PRE-REQUISITES: N CO-REQUISITES: N COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module will introduce the student to the epidemiology, aetiology, pathogenesis, pathology of disease, diagnostic aids and suggested treatments and management of disease for animals.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test) 50%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To provide an introduction to the range of diseases affecting wild, captive and domestic animals, and methods used to diagnose

To provide students with the knowledge of a range of treatments and procedures used to manage, treat and prevent infectious and zoonotic diseases in animals

To review current policy and legislation around disease management and treatment to ensure animal welfare is maintained.

Page 137

Page 138: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

1. Describe and evaluate the methods used for disease diagnosis and identification of disease-causing organisms

6.3b, 6.2b

2. Using relevant animal examples demonstrate an understanding of disease transmission and animal immune response

6.3b, 6.2b

3. Investigate the treatment and management of disease in wild, captive and domestic animals

6.3b, 6.2b

4. Review and evaluate measures of biosecurity used to control a range of infectious diseases within the animal sector including zoonotic diseases.

6.3b, 6.2b

DATE OF APPROVAL: May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 138

Page 139: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 106MODULE LEADER: Sarina Newman OTHER MODULE STAFF:

Vicky Holland Andrew Golley, Kelly HaynesSummary of Module Content:Disease/disorders of animal body systems: e.g. respiratory, circulatory, digestive, urinary, nervous, endocrine, musculoskeletal, mucocutaneous.Diagnostic aids: post-mortem, pathology, microscopy and microbiology (streak plating, colony isolation, identification and enumeration), biochemical examination, haematology, faeces, urine and skin examination, CSF, use of palpation, auscultation; radiography and ultrasound.

Investigate treatment including vaccination development and production, prophylactics, broad and narrow spectrum antibiotics, selection of surgical and medical veterinary nursing procedures.

Identify the range of pathogens; aetiology, common diseases, their symptoms, diagnosis

Discussion and debate around the treatment and management of a range of infectious diseases, both communicable and non- communicable and including zoonotic diseases such as toxoplasmosis, leptospirosis, bovine TB, BD.Awareness of relevant policy and legislation- Animal and Plant Health Agency (APHA), The Welfare of Farmed Animals (England) Regulations 2007 (as amended), which are made under the Animal Welfare Act, Animal Welfare Act 2006, Wildlife & Countryside Act 1981, Dangerous Wild Animals Act 1976, Veterinary Surgeons Act 1966, The Veterinary Medicines Regulations 2013, Misuse of Drugs Act (MDA) 1971, The Misuse of Drugs Regulations 2001

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 40 Lectures on the range of disease in various taxa and settings

Practical Classes and Workshops

30 Lab practicals – diagnostics/ analysis

External Visits 0

Guided Independent Study

130

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 139

Page 140: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Test Test on disease diagnosis, treatment and immunity on a range of disorders (LO1, LO2)

100%

Coursework Report Comparing disease treatment & management in captive and wild populations (LO3, LO4)

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework in lieu of original assessment (Test)

Report on disease diagnosis, treatment and immunity on one viral , one bacterial disease

(LO1, LO2)

100%

Coursework Report Comparing different disease treatment & management in captive and wild populations from the original submission (LO3,LO4)

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: Lawrence Moores 28 June 2019 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 10 July 2019

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Husbandry And WelfareExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davis

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 140

Page 141: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2014 MODULE TITLE: Husbandry of Captive Vertebrates

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100264

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

To provide students with an understanding of the taxonomy, anatomy and physiology of vertebrates including wild and captive behaviours. To explore actual and best practice in husbandry requirements of a range of animals in private and public collections.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To develop knowledge of anatomy, physiology and behaviour of a range of vertebrates in captivity and how the biology of different taxa influences husbandry and management practices

Page 141

Page 142: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.)

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

1. Compare and contrast the functional ecology of a range of vertebrates

6.1b, 6.2a

2. Identify and characterise the anatomy and physiology of vertebrates with reference to husbandry practices in captive populations of vertebrates

6.1b, 6.2a

3. Evaluate behaviour patterns and explain the behavioural problems of a range of vertebrates in captivity

6.5a, 6.5b

DATE OF APPROVAL: May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 142

Page 143: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 106MODULE LEADER: Arlin Slater OTHER MODULE STAFF:

Vicky Holland and Samantha EllisSummary of Module Content:

Anatomy and physiology of main body systems in the major vertebrates - fish, amphibian, reptile, mammal and bird groups and adaptations to particular environments. It will develop an appreciation of biological and physiological differences between specified species to inform efficient captive management.This module aims to enable the student to be able to describe the housing and husbandry requirements of common species, and explore the practices used in private and public establishments.The module also aims to enable the students to understand both Normal and abnormal behaviours found in particular captive vertebrate groups. Enrichment – links between environment and behaviour.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture and workshops

50Anatomy and physiology of main body systems in the major vertebrates - amphibian, reptile, mammal and bird groups and adaptations to particular environments.

Guided independent study

100 ON anatomy and applications to husbandry – assignment

Visits50 To other collections regarding husbandry specific to

particular taxa

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 143

Page 144: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

CourseworkBiological, behavioural and husbandry guide (LO1, LO3)

100%

ExamExam on anatomy and physiology of captive vertebrates (LO2)

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework Essay on behaviour & husbandry requirements for selected species of vertebrates (LO1, LO3)

100%

coursework in Lieu of original submission (Exam)

Report on anatomy and physiology of specific vertebrates (LO2)

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: Lawrence Moores 27 June 2019

Approved by: Amanda Crowle 10 July 2019

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Husbandry And WelfareExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davis

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 144

Page 145: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2015 MODULE TITLE: Husbandry and Conservation of Aquatic Organisms

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100976

PRE-REQUISITES: N CO-REQUISITES: N COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module considers the scientific principles required to establish and maintain aquaria and explores conservation issues and practices as they apply to aquatic organisms.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To understand the principles and practice of establishing and maintaining suitable aquaria for a range of aquatic organisms, and to explore conservation issues as they apply to aquatic organisms and their natural habitats.

Page 145

Page 146: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toFdSc Animal Husbandry & Welfare

FdSc Marine Conservation

1. Demonstrate a detailed understanding of the main factors that need to be considered when establishing a freshwater aquarium or marine aquarium.

6.2a,6.5a ILOB

2. Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of aquatic ecosystems and identify the key components which influence aquatic communities.

6.1c ILOA

3. Evaluate the methods by which the conservation of a named aquatic habitat is promoted and managed and suggest improvements.

6.4a ILOC

DATE OF APPROVAL: May 2019 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sept 2019 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: XX/XX/XXXX

SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 146

Page 147: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Andrew Golley OTHER MODULE STAFF: Summary of Module Content:Adaptations to life in water. Comparison of natural and artificial aquatic systems. Significance of key chemical and physical factors, and how to monitor them: salinity, temperature, light, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, oxygen, pH, density, flow. Conditions required for successful husbandry of a range of organisms, including fish, shrimp, corals, macro algae, microalgae, and plants. Exploitation of aquatic ecosystems and anthropogenic effects. Conservation of aquatic ecosystems: case studies.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 30Lectures on theoretical basis of maintaining healthy balanced ecosystems in aquaria and conservation case studies

Practical Classes and Workshops

20 Tank set up practical workshops

External Visits 20 Visit to local and national public aquaria

Guided Independent Study

130Study on conservation processes and practice with aquatic animals and environments

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 147

Page 148: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework (C1)

Task 1 – Investigate the various conservation methods utilised within the management of aquatic species (LO3)

Task 2 – Report identifying how the key components of the main factors needed to establish a freshwater or marine aquarium can be applied. (LO1, LO2)

50%

50%

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework (C1)Essay discussing the conservation status and management selected aquatic species and how they can be kept in captivity. (LOs 1-3)

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: Lawrence Moores 27 June 2019

Approved by: Amanda Crowle 19 July 2019

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Husbandry And Welfare FdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Mrs Yvette Foulds-Davis

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 148

Page 149: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN273 MODULE TITLE: Population Genetics and Community Ecology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 101457

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module will analyse the interactions between population dynamics and ecosystem functioning, employing current software to predict population changes. Factors affecting population size and viability will also be investigated and related to genetic diversity and its importance to practical conservation strategies.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To further build on the basic introduction to ecology, developing a deeper understanding into the

population level dynamics and how the underpinning genetic diversity pays a fundamental role in population viability.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Explain genetic processes from molecular to population level.2. Analyse interactions between population dynamics and ecosystem functioning.3. Assess appropriate use of techniques and software and their application in maintaining ecosystem

functioning and viability.4. Evaluate the importance of applying different aspects of population genetics to practical conservation

efforts.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 149

Page 150: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Stephen Green OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Population Viability Analysis, predictive species distribution modelling, principles and methods in monitoring and assessing ecosystems, selection and speciation, emigration and immigration corridors, population fragmentation, gametogenesis, autopolyploidy, conservation implications of species/ sub-species, current relevant software e.g. VORTEX, hardy-Weinberg, bottlenecking, inbreeding, outbreeding.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lecture 30 Theory of population dynamics, conservation strategies and population genetics

Practical Classes and Workshops 30 To include IT workshops using modelling softwareGuided Independent study 140 Moodle tasks and guided reading

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 LO1, 2, 4 - written examination.

100%Total = 100%

T Total = 100%

Coursework C1

LO2,3,4 - Essay/review assessing the use of survey technique

100%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by:K. Haynes

Date:31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Conservation And Ecology BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 150

Page 151: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Allendorf, F.W., Luikart, G. & Aitken, S.N., 2013. Conservation and the genetics of populations. 2nd ed. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.Brown, T.A., 2007. Genomes 3. London: Garland ScienceFrankham, R., Ballou, J.D. & Briscoe, D.A., 2009. Introduction to conservation genetics. 2nd ed. Cambridge Cambridge V University Press.Jamieson, B.G.M., ed., 2007 Reproductive biology and phylogeny of birds, part B: sexual selection, behavior, conservation, embryology and genetics. New Hampshire: Science PublishersMills, L.S., 2013 conservation of wildlife populations, demography, genetics, and management. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.Solan, M., Aspden, R.J. & Paterson, D.M., eds., 2012. Marine biodiversity and ecosystem functioning: frameworks, methodologies and integration. 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University PressTownsend, C.R., Begon, M. & Harper, J.L., 2008. Essentials of ecology. 3rd edn. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.JournalsConservation Biology Conservation Genetics Nature Genetics Trends in Genetics Trends in Genetics and Evolution

Page 151

Page 152: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN276 MODULE TITLE: Research Methods and GIS for Zoology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100369

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module will be delivered as a series of lecturers, workshops and seminars covering literature reviews, data analysis, data interpretation and report writing, as well as covering a selection of survey techniques and research tools for Zoology, including GIS.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to provide the learner with the appropriate tools for designing and carrying out a

research project within the field of zoology. Students will also learn how to select and apply appropriate statistical tests to analyse and interpret

quantitative data, and to present findings appropriately as either a presentation or report. Students will become familiar with G.I.S. and its applications in zoology based research.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Design an appropriate research project.2. Analyse and interpret data.3. Analyse literature relevant to the planned research project.4. As a group collate and present survey data using GIS.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 152

Page 153: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Angus Jackson OTHER MODULE STAFF: Yvonne Oates

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:A series of lectures and seminars looking at how to ask questions in biology- focussing on differences and trends, how to answer questions- experimental design and data collection, data analysis- summary and inferential statistics. Design an appropriate research project

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lecture 20How to ask questions in biology, research considerations, and how to answer questions in biology- summary and inferential statistics.

Seminar 10 Using primary literature to exemplify varying research design

Practical Classes and Workshops 40 GIS workshops- terrestrial and marine examples

Guided Independent study 130 Moodle tasks, independent research in preparation for seminar discussions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T1 LO2 - Data analysis and interpretation

100%Total = 100%

Coursework

C1

C2

LO1, 3 - project proposal identifying research question.LO4 - Survey data poster - represented GIS

50%

50%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:K.Haynes

Date:31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 153

Page 154: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Barnard, C., Gilbert, F. & McGregor, P., 2011. Asking questions in biology. 4th ed. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.Chalmers, N. & Parker, P., 1989. The OU project guide. 2nd ed. Milton Keynes: Open University Press.Corbin, J. & Strauss, A., 2008. Basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. 3rd ed. London: Sage Publications.Denscombe, M., 2010. The good research guide: for small-scale social research projects. 4th ed. Buckingham: Open University Press.Dytham, C., 2010. Choosing and using statistics – a biologists guide. 3rd ed. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.Fowler, J., Cohen, L. & Jarvis, P. 1998. Practical statistics for field biology. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.Greenfield, T., 2002. Research methods: guidance for post graduates. 2nd ed. London: Hodder and Stoughton.Heywood, I., Cornelius, S. & Carver, S., 2011. An introduction to geographical information systems. 4th ed. Harlow: Prentice Hall.Longley, P.A... Goodchild, M.F., Maguire, D.J. & Rhind, D.W., 2010. Geographical information systems and science. 3rd edn. Chichester: John WileyLucey, T., 2002. Quantitative techniques, 6th ed. London: DPP.Sutherland, W. J., 2006. Ecological census techniques. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Page 154

Page 155: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN292 MODULE TITLE: Advanced Ecology and Survey Techniques

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100347

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module looks at the physiology and ecology of vertebrates and invertebrates in relation to appropriate survey techniques. The module aims to illustrate threats to species both in the UK and worldwide, and the methods of species and habitat protection.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To increase the students’ knowledge of reptile, amphibian, mammal, and invertebrate physiology,

behaviour and ecology. Students will apply this knowledge to practical survey techniques, and understand the importance of appropriate surveying for conservation using relevant UK and worldwide examples. Students will further research around the related issues such as ecosystem services and threats to specific taxa as well as their habitats.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Relate physiology and behaviour of a range of vertebrate and invertebrate examples to ecosystem

services.2. Evaluate different survey techniques used for vertebrates and invertebrates in a range of biomes.3. Recognise key threats to specific invertebrate and vertebrate taxa and critically evaluate the related

legislation and policy in place to mitigate these threats.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 155

Page 156: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Stephen Green OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Discussion and identification of important taxonomic groups and ecology. Key European and UK species. The value and appropriate use of survey techniques. Presentation of field survey results to peers. Management of habitats for invertebrate and vertebrate examples.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lecture 30Specific physiology and ecology of mammals, reptiles, amphibians, and invertebrates, and relation to habitat preference, and survey techniques.

Seminar 10Discussion of key UK and European species and policy in place to protect and conserve threatened species.

Practical Classes and Workshops 15Demonstration and training of different field survey techniques appropriate for various taxonomic groups.

Fieldwork 30Demonstration and training of different field survey techniques appropriate for various taxonomic groups.

Guided Independent study 115 Moodle activities and guided reading

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%

T1 ICT - to cover ALO3 100%Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Report -to cover ALO 1 and 2.

100%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by:K. Haynes

Date:31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Wildlife Education And MediaExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 156

Page 157: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Birks, J.D.N.S. Bullion, S. Cresswell, W.J. and Dean, M. 2012. UK BAP Mammals: Interim Guidance for Survey Methodologies, Impact Assessment and Mitigation. Mammal SocietyEdgar, P. Foster, J. Baker, J. 2010. Reptile habitat management handbook. Amphibian and Reptile Conservation Trust.Gent, T. & Gibson, S., eds., 2012. Herpetofauna workers' manual. Peterborough: Pelagic Publishing.Koellner, T. 2012. Ecosystem services and global trade of natural resources: ecology, economics and policies.New, T. 2005. Invertebrate Conservation and Agricultural Ecosystems. Cambridge University Press.New, T. 2009. Insect species conservation. Cambridge University PressVitt, L.J. & Caldwell, J.P., 2013. Herpetology: an introductory biology of amphibians and reptiles. 4th ed. London: Elsevier/Academic. To order – have 3rd ed (2009).

Page 157

Page 158: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN290 MODULE TITLE: Fish Ecology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100976

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the biology, population dynamics and behavioural ecology of marine and freshwater fish

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To understand the biology, taxonomy, behaviour and ecology of bony and cartilaginous fish. Emphasis

will be directed to commercially important species endemic to the UK.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Identify the main groups of fish.2. Demonstrate a detailed knowledge of the biology and ecology of a range of fish species.3. Effectively communicate differing physiological adaptations to aquatic life of selected fish species.4. Evaluate management strategies for named fish species with reference to factors affecting their

population dynamics.5. Suggest techniques and strategies for surveying selected fish species.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Jan 2008 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 158

Page 159: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Andrew Golley OTHER MODULE STAFF: Jason BirtSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Weekly sessions to include lectures, practicals, tutorials, workshops and various site visits to fish farms and aquaria. Topics covered are: Fish classification and identification characteristics of main fish groups like sharks, rays and teleosts. Basic fish biology and physiology like osmoregulation, respiration and circulation. Fish anatomy, life history and reproductive strategies. Fish behaviour: schooling and migration. Fish ecology. Pet fish. Seahorse propagation and protection. Population dynamics and fisheries management.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Practical Classes and Workshops 40Guided Independent study 140 VLE Tasks and independent research

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Exam 100%Total = 100%

LO2, 4, 5.

T_ Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Fish interpretation media

100%Total = 100%

Conference media interpretation material. LO1, 2, 3.

Practical P_ Total = 100%

Updated by:Angus Jackson

Date:Sep 18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:Oct 2018

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Conservation And Ecology BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyFdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Bone, Q; N. B Marshall & J.H.S. Blaxter., 2008. Biology of fishes. 3rd ed. Abingdon: Taylor & FrancisCosta-Pierce, B.A., 2002. Ecological Aquaculture. Oxford: Blackwell.Helfman, G. et al. 2009. The diversity of fishes: biology, evolution & ecology. 2nd edn. Oxford: Blackwell PublishingKing, M.G. 2007 Fisheries biology, assessment & management. 2nd edn. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.Moyle, P.B. and Cech, J.J . . . . 2004. Fishes: an introduction to ichthyology. 5th edn. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall International.

Page 159

Page 160: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN291 MODULE TITLE: Marine Invertebrates

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100351

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides an introduction to the biology and ecology of keystone marine invertebrates including cnidarians, molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms with particular reference to local species in Cornwall and south-west England. Emphasis will be directed to the major conservation issues surrounding marine invertebrates and their importance within the marine foodweb.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To understand the biology and ecology of marine invertebrates and to develop a scientific approach to

the conservation of this important group of aquatic animals.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Discuss the basic biology, ecology and behaviour patterns of the main groups of marine invertebrates.2. Describe and contrast the main physiological and anatomical adaptations of marine invertebrates to

marine life.3. Evaluate selected marine invertebrate fisheries and farms with respect to their economic value and

environmental impact.4. Suggest techniques and strategies for monitoring stocks of selected marine invertebrate species.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Jan 2008 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 160

Page 161: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Chris Selvey OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Biology and ecology of a range of invertebrates (e.g. jellyfish, shellfish, octopus, squid, lobsters, crabs, worm- like groups and starfish). Specific adaptations to their environment. Lifecycles of the main groups of marine invertebrates. Marine invertebrates in the food chain. Defence against predators and pollutants. Metabolism and reproduction in marine invertebrates – current research. Exploitation and conservation issues. Human health aspects.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 35Guided Independent study 140 VLE tasks and independent research

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E %Total = 100%

T1Knowledge of marine invertebrate groups (LO1) (LO2)

100%Total = 100%

Coursework

C1

C2

Group seminars on selected themes (LO1, LO2)Report - Eval selected fisheries/farms (LO1, 3 & 4)

20%

80%Total = 100%

Practical P %Total = 100%

Updated by:R. Allen

Date:18/10/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:18/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology FdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 161

Page 162: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Costa-Pierce, B.A., 2002. Ecological Aquaculture. Oxford: Blackwell.Hayward, P.J. and Ryland, J.S . . . . 1990. The marine fauna of the British Isles & North-west Europe: volume 1: introduction & protozoans to arthropods. Swansea: Clarendon.Kaiser et al, 2011. Marine Ecology: Processes, Systems, and Impacts. 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Mcclanahan, T.R. and Castilla, J.C. 2007 Fisheries management: progress towards sustainability. Oxford: Blackwell PublishingRuppert, E. E, Barnes, R.D. & Fox, R. S., 2004. Invertebrate zoology: a functional evolutionary approach. 7th ed. London: Brooks.Ward, P.J. and Ryland, J.S. 1990. The marine fauna of the British Isles & North-West Europe: Volume 2: molluscs to chordates. Oxford: Oxford Science.

Page 162

Page 163: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN219 MODULE TITLE: Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module explores ways in which various media can be used in an interpretative way to communicate on a range of wildlife and environment related issues.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To develop in students the ability to: observe and evaluate wildlife–related interpretation and to

develop techniques to communicate information about wildlife and environmental science to an audience within public spaces.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)1. Critically evaluate a range of educational / interpretative materials dealing with science and natural history

issues from a range of public attractions.2. Create interpretative materials for use in a public attraction for a specified audience.3. Discriminate between approaches to communication involved in the delivery of information and those aspiring

to effect changes in receiver behaviour.4. Demonstrate the ability to use different delivery methodologies which are appropriate in targeting audiences

of varied demographic backgrounds.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 April 2005 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2010 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 163

Page 164: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 110

MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:History of image making. Theory of scientific drawing, left brain versus right brain. Application of scientific tools, e.g. microscopy slides, taxidermy, and effective use in media form. Interpretation through mixed media, e.g. painting, sculpture, photography, textiles, mosaics, drama/dance, music, biological illustration, screen printing, collage, carving, film, interactive exhibits. Publishing and displaying work, e.g. exhibitions, interpretation boards, portfolios, film, theatre.Teaching in practice: elements of lesson structure, analysing session plans. Planning educational programmes, Aims, objectives and strategies. Needs of different age groups, discrimination awareness, health and safety. Talks / presentations in the field. Designing materials for various ages. Differentiation. Real world Learning. Learning outside the classroom. Sensory Trust guidelines. MLA/ BIAZA/WAZA/ DFCS guidelines on education / interpretation. Behaviour change and conservation psychology

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Practical Classes and Workshops 25External Visits 14Guided Independent study 141

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E

T

CourseworkC1 Portfolio 100%

Total = 100%

Practical P

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date: 03/10/19

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Behaviour And Psychology FdSc Marine ConservationFdSc Wildlife Education And MediaExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Amelia Grass

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 164

Page 165: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Clayton, S. & Myers, G. (2009) Conservation Psychology: Oxford: Wiley-BlackwellHam, S. (1992) Environmental Interpretation. Colarado: Fulcrum PublishingJacobson,S., McDuff, M. & Monroe, M. (2007)Conservation Education & Outreach Techniques. Oxford: Oxford University PressWidner Ward, C. and Wilkinson, A.E. (2006) Conducting Meaningful Interpretation- A field Guide for Success. Colarado: Fulcrum PublishingClayton, S. D (2012) The Oxford Handbook of Environmental and Conservation Psychology. New York: Oxford University PressConrad, R and Donaldson J.A (2012) Continuing to Engage the Online Learner. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.Falk, J.H.,Dierking, L.D. and Boyd, W.L. (2011) The museum experience. California: Left Coast Press.Journal of Biological EducationInternational Zoo Educators Journal

Page 165

Page 166: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN296 MODULE TITLE: Wildlife Education and Media in Practice

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides the student with an opportunity to develop their educational delivery and media skills in work-related contexts, in line with their Personal Development Plan. Students will be encouraged to place all materials produced in their web-based portfolio.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 % P1 (Practical) 30% E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Science and Natural Environment; Cornwall College Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To enable students to plan and deliver a wildlife experience. To encourage students to reflect and use previously taught knowledge regarding the use of media,

teaching and learning techniques, and target audience to deliver a scientifically themed activity in a coherent manner.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Evaluate personal performance within the context of professional practice.2. Demonstrate an improvement in skills related to educational delivery and/or educational media

development.3. Develop a plan for a wildlife experience.4. Work effectively, individually or in a group, to deliver a wildlife experience.

DATE OF APPROVAL: FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: . TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Page 166

Page 167: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Activity planning, activity management, conflict management, division of labour and tasks, procurement of resources, budgets, action planning, prioritisation techniques, behaviour change, public engagement with science agendas, appropriate use of media, funding applications, demographics, use of media as a tool, identifying and developing own educational delivery and/or media skills, reflection upon an developed and delivered activity. Reflection upon work experience, work-related learning, work-based learning, volunteering or relevant employment.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 9Practical Classes and Workshops 60External Visits 25Guided Independent study 106

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_%

Total = 100%

T_%

Total = 100%

Coursework C1Portfolio 100%

Total = 100%

LOs 2-4

Practical P1Display 100%

Total = 100%

LO1

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Wildlife Education and Media External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Ameila Grass

Updated by Jason Birt 01/09/15 Approved by: HE Operations 16/9/19

Page 167

Page 168: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Cutlip, S. M., Center, A. H., & Broom, G. M. (2004) Effective Public Relations. Prentice HallCaywood, C. L. (1997) Handbook of Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Communications. Irwin Professional, USABlum, D. (1997) A Field Guide for Science Writers. Oxford University Press, OxfordDiamond, J. (2002) Practical Evaluation Guide: Tools for Museums and other informal educational settings. AltaMira PressKaye, Nick (2000) Site specific art : performance place and documentation Routledge, LondonMarland, M. (2002) Craft of the Classroom Michael Heinemann Educational Secondary DivisionPetty, G. (2001) Teaching Today: A Practical Guide. Nelson ThornesReece, I. and Walker, S. (2003) Teaching, Training and Learning: A Practical Guide. Business Education PublishersSanders, K. (2002) Ethics and Journalism. Sage Publications LtdShortland, M. & Gregory, J. (1991) Communicating Science: a Handbook. Longman, Science and Technology"Wilson, A. (1998) Handbook of Science Communication. Institute of Physics Publishing Science Communication, Elsevier"

Page 168

Page 169: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN221 MODULE TITLE: Communicating Science and Natural History

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100348

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module addresses the diverse ways in which science is communicated to a range of audiences – scientific, lay, young and old.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To enable students to communicate science and natural history to a variety of audiences. To enable students to analyse information for accuracy.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Evaluate the delivery of science and natural history for target audiences through a range of media.2. Track sources of information to evaluate accuracy and evolution to the final outcome.3. Demonstrate an understanding of communication theory.4. Write copy for specified audiences.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 April 2005 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2005 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 169

Page 170: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Ruth Martin OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Diversity of communication media e.g. newspaper, natural history programmes, popular science books, journals, specialist magazines, video conferencing, webchats, PowerPoint; Range of audiences e.g. age, gender, expertise, curriculum; Information targeting i.e. relating the depth of information and type of media to the target audience, to include demographic analysis; Writing and evaluating press releases e.g. summarising large bodies of text, manipulating text to suit audiences interests and abilities; Communication of science in a wider context e.g. medical issues, GM, cloning, etc.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 10Seminar 22Practical Classes and Workshops 35Guided Independent study 133

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Examination 100%Total = 100%

LO3 & 4

T Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Report 100%Total = 100%

LO1 & 2

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Wildlife Education and Media External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Amelia Grass

Updated by Jason Birt 01/09/15 Approved by: HE Operations 16/9/19

Page 170

Page 171: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:BENNETT, D.J. (Editor.) and JENNINGS, R.C. (Editor.) (2011) Successful science communication: telling it like it is. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressBLEWITT, J. (Editor.) (2013) The media, animal conservation and environmental education. 1st edn. London: RoutledgeBRAKE, M.L. (Editor.) and WEITKAMP, E. (Editor.) (2010) Introducing science communication: a practical guide. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.FALK, J. & DDIERKING, L. (1992) The Museum Experience. Whalesback BooksHOLLIMAN, R. (Editor.) et al. (2009) Investigating science communication in the information age: implications for public engagement & popular media. Oxford: Oxford University Press.HEIN, G. (1998) Learning in the Museum. Routledge KAHLOR, L. (Editor.) and STOUT, P.A. (Editor.) (2009) Communicating science: new agendas in communication. London: Routledge.LASZLO, P. (2006) Communicating Science: a practical guide. Berlin: SpringerMONTGOMERY, S. (2003) The Chicago guide to communicating science. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.RUSSELL, N. J. (2009) Communicating science: professional, popular, literary. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.SCHON, D. A. (1987) Educating the Reflective Practitioner. Jossey Bass WileyTHOMAS, J. (2006) Communicating science effectively: a practical handbook for integrating visual elements. Maryland: IWAwww.alphagalileo.org/www.wellcome.ac.uk/ http://oceanexplorer.noaa.gov

Page 171

Page 172: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN241 MODULE TITLE: Vertebrate Zoology and Conservation

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)To provide students with a knowledge of the interrelated body systems for a range of terrestrial vertebrates and the principles of breeding animals in captivity, and successful reintroduction of captive bred animals into their natural environment

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A’

MODULE AIMS: To encourage an understanding of the taxonomy, anatomy and physiology of terrestrial vertebrates

and to explore actual and best practice in breeding animals in captivity and successful reintroduction programmes –providing an in-depth understanding of ex-situ and in-situ conservation values and ethics.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Compare and contrast the functional ecology of a range of terrestrial vertebrates.2. Critically evaluate captive breeding and reintroduction programmes, including ethical issues for a

selection of key vertebrates.3. Demonstrate an understanding of the national and international legislative and policy environments

relevant to biodiversity conservation.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Jan 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 172

Page 173: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Vicky Holland OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Anatomy and physiology of main body and adaptations to particular environments, reproductive strategies and life histories, captive breeding principles and practice of protecting and conserving named species of terrestrial vertebrates. Cooperative global programmes, selection criteria for captive breeding. Reintroduction guidelines, criteria for success and case studies. convention on biodiversity, CITES, BAPS, international and national case studies

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 45Guided Independent Study 155

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%T Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Report and Presentation

100%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: K.Haynes

Date:31/8/18

Approved by:HE Operations

Date: 03/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Zoological Conservation FdSc Wildlife Education And MediaBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by Jason Birt 01/09/15 Approved by: HE Operations 16/9/19

Page 173

Page 174: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN276 MODULE TITLE: Research Methods and GIS for Zoology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100369

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module will be delivered as a series of lecturers, workshops and seminars covering literature reviews, data analysis, data interpretation and report writing, as well as covering a selection of survey techniques and research tools for Zoology, including GIS.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to provide the learner with the appropriate tools for designing and carrying out a

research project within the field of zoology. Students will also learn how to select and apply appropriate statistical tests to analyse and interpret

quantitative data, and to present findings appropriately as either a presentation or report. Students will become familiar with G.I.S. and its applications in zoology based research.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Design an appropriate research project.2. Analyse and interpret data.3. Analyse literature relevant to the planned research project.4. As a group collate and present survey data using GIS.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 174

Page 175: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Angus Jackson OTHER MODULE STAFF: Yvonne Oates

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:A series of lectures and seminars looking at how to ask questions in biology- focussing on differences and trends, how to answer questions- experimental design and data collection, data analysis- summary and inferential statistics. Design an appropriate research project

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lecture 20How to ask questions in biology, research considerations, and how to answer questions in biology- summary and inferential statistics.

Seminar 10 Using primary literature to exemplify varying research design

Practical Classes and Workshops 40 GIS workshops- terrestrial and marine examples

Guided Independent study 130 Moodle tasks, independent research in preparation for seminar discussions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T1 LO2 - Data analysis and interpretation

100%Total = 100%

Coursework

C1

C2

LO1, 3 - project proposal identifying research question.LO4 - Survey data poster - represented GIS

50%

50%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:K.Haynes

Date:31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 175

Page 176: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Barnard, C., Gilbert, F. & McGregor, P., 2011. Asking questions in biology. 4th ed. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.Chalmers, N. & Parker, P., 1989. The OU project guide. 2nd ed. Milton Keynes: Open University Press.Corbin, J. & Strauss, A., 2008. Basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. 3rd ed. London: Sage Publications.Denscombe, M., 2010. The good research guide: for small-scale social research projects. 4th ed. Buckingham: Open University Press.Dytham, C., 2010. Choosing and using statistics – a biologists guide. 3rd ed. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.Fowler, J., Cohen, L. & Jarvis, P. 1998. Practical statistics for field biology. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.Greenfield, T., 2002. Research methods: guidance for post graduates. 2nd ed. London: Hodder and Stoughton.Heywood, I., Cornelius, S. & Carver, S., 2011. An introduction to geographical information systems. 4th ed. Harlow: Prentice Hall.Longley, P.A... Goodchild, M.F., Maguire, D.J. & Rhind, D.W., 2010. Geographical information systems and science. 3rd edn. Chichester: John WileyLucey, T., 2002. Quantitative techniques, 6th ed. London: DPP.Sutherland, W. J., 2006. Ecological census techniques. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press

Page 176

Page 177: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN273 MODULE TITLE: Population Genetics and Community Ecology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 101457

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module will analyse the interactions between population dynamics and ecosystem functioning, employing current software to predict population changes. Factors affecting population size and viability will also be investigated and related to genetic diversity and its importance to practical conservation strategies.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To further build on the basic introduction to ecology, developing a deeper understanding into the

population level dynamics and how the underpinning genetic diversity pays a fundamental role in population viability.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Explain genetic processes from molecular to population level.2. Analyse interactions between population dynamics and ecosystem functioning.3. Assess appropriate use of techniques and software and their application in maintaining ecosystem

functioning and viability.4. Evaluate the importance of applying different aspects of population genetics to practical conservation

efforts.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 177

Page 178: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Stephen Green OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Population Viability Analysis, predictive species distribution modelling, principles and methods in monitoring and assessing ecosystems, selection and speciation, emigration and immigration corridors, population fragmentation, gametogenesis, autopolyploidy, conservation implications of species/ sub-species, current relevant software e.g. VORTEX, Hardy-Weinberg, bottlenecking, inbreeding, outbreeding.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lecture 30 Theory of population dynamics, conservation strategies and population genetics

Practical Classes and Workshops 30 To include IT workshops using modelling softwareGuided Independent study 140 Moodle tasks and guided reading

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 LO1, 2, 4 - written examination.

100%Total = 100%

T Total = 100%

Coursework C1LO2,3,4 - Essay/review assessing the use of survey technique

100%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Conservation And Ecology BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by Kelly Haynes 31/08/18 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 10 /10/18

Page 178

Page 179: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Allendorf, F.W., Luikart, G. & Aitken, S.N., 2013. Conservation and the genetics of populations. 2nd ed. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.Brown, T.A., 2007. Genomes 3. London: Garland ScienceFrankham, R., Ballou, J.D. & Briscoe, D.A., 2009. Introduction to conservation genetics. 2nd ed. Cambridge Cambridge V University Press.Jamieson, B.G.M., ed., 2007 Reproductive biology and phylogeny of birds, part B: sexual selection, behavior, conservation, embryology and genetics. New Hampshire: Science PublishersMills, L.S., 2013 conservation of wildlife populations, demography, genetics, and management. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.Solan, M., Aspden, R.J. & Paterson, D.M., eds., 2012. Marine biodiversity and ecosystem functioning: frameworks, methodologies and integration. 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University PressTownsend, C.R., Begon, M. & Harper, J.L., 2008. Essentials of ecology. 3rd edn. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.JournalsConservation Biology Conservation Genetics Nature Genetics Trends in Genetics Trends in Genetics and Evolution

Page 179

Page 180: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN223 MODULE TITLE: Ecology and Management of the Coastal Environment

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100347

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module examines the ecology of marine systems and the issues relating to the management of the physical environment of the coastline and the human impact upon it.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to promote an understanding of marine ecology and examine the processes at work

on the coastline. To enable students to assess techniques of managing coastal defences and introduce the wider issues of managing the coast environment.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate an understanding of the ecology of coastal and marine systems.2. Explain anthropogenic impacts in the coastal zone; understand pollution including sewage and its

effects on coastal/marine habitats.3. Examine coastal geomorphology and management issues.4. Demonstrate an awareness of current global and international conservation issues.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Aug 2002 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2002 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/01/11 TERM/SEMESTER: Summer

Additional notes (For office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Page 180

Page 181: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Robert Mansfield OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Ecology of marine systems. Physical aspects of marine systems.Coastal geomorphology – processes and landforms and their management.Leisure activities and industry in the coastal zone and its effect on habitats through pollution and degradation.Private and public bodies with interest in/responsibilities for coastal zone management.Case studies highlighting planning and management issues and responses.Long and short sea outfalls, tracers, sewage and sludge dispersal, EC directives, sewage treatment and waterborne diseases.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 40Seminar 10Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 10Guided Independent Study 135

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Examination 100%Total = 100%

T Total = 100%

Coursework C1Report and evaluation of the environmental issues

100%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date: 23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science And TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Matt Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 181

Page 182: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Alcamo, I.E., 2004. Fundamentals of microbiology. Jones & Bartlett Publisher Int.Becker, E.W., 1994. Microalgae: biotechnology and microbiology. Cambridge: University PressBoaden, P.J.S., & Seed, R., 1998. An introduction to coastal ecology. Kluwer Academic Publishers.Bristow, C., 1996. Cornwall’s geology and scenery an introduction. Cornish Hillside Publications.Clark, R.B., 2001. Marine pollution. Oxford: University Press.GESAMP, 1990. The state of the marine environment. Oxford: Blackwell Scientific Publications.Hardee M & Nelson CB 2008. Introduction to Biological Oceanography. Pub: Kendall HuntHoyt. E. 2005. Marine Protected Areas – for Whales, Dolphins & Porpoises. Pub: EarthscanIngham, A.E., 1994. Hydrography for the surveyor and engineer. Blackwell Science UK.Kaiser, 2005. Marine Ecology. Oxford: Oxford University PressKarlesking, G., 2006. Introduction to marine biology. 2nd Edition. US: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.Levington, J.S., 2001. Marine biology: function, biodiversity, ecology. Oxford: 2nd Edition. Oxford University PressLowrie, P., & Wells, S., 1994. Microbiology and biotechnology. Cambridge: University PressMunn, C.B., 2004. Marine Microbiology: ecology and applications. Garland Science: Bio Science PublishingNybakken J.W.2009 Marine Biology 5th Ed. Pub: OUPParnetta, J., 2000. Philip’s Atlas of the Oceans. Philips.Pethick, J., 1995. An introduction to coastal geomorphology. Edward Arnold / Hodder & Stoughton.Sumich, J.L., 2004. An introduction to the biology of marine life. 8th Edition. WCB PublishersThornton, J., & Beckwith, S., 2004. Environmental Law. London: Sweet & Maxwell.

Page 182

Page 183: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN242 MODULE TITLE: Sociological and Psychological Perspectives of Surfing

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)Examines the sociological factors underlying surfing’s growth over the last fifty years towards its current recognition as a sport within mainstream society. Examines the psychological factors that control the performance of an individual or team in the sport of surfing.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To examine sociological approaches to the creation, definition, influence of sport (surfing) in society at

large. To examine psychological approaches to surfing and the development and performance of individuals

and teams.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Explain the social development and sociological integration of surf-sport into mainstream society (e.g.

UK, US, AUS).2. Explain the concepts of the sociology of work related to the surf industry.3. Explain the key psychological factors that contribute to performance in the marine sport environment.4. Define ideas and information relating to psychological performance pertaining to different the

requirements of surfing (e.g. individual/team, intensive/endurance).

DATE OF APPROVAL: 28 Feb 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 183

Page 184: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 104

MODULE LEADER: Julia Sullivan OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Motivation analysis and development, anxiety analysis and anxiety reduction.Development of coaching strategies and styles, use of imagery, concentration and focus.Teamwork and communication for performance, the relationship between coach and athlete. Basic sociological concepts and subcultures and their defining characteristics.The sociology of relationships between work, leisure, age and surfing subcultureSurfing and consumer society and theories of globalisation and the surf industry

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 50External Visits 10Guided Independent Study 140

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%T Total = 100%

CourseworkC1

C2

Assignment - Demonstration of knowledge and understandAssignment - Demonstration of knowledge and understanding

50%

50%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science And TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Mathew Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 184

Page 185: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Beashel, P., & Taylor, J., 1996. Advanced studies in physical education and sport. Nelson.Cashmore, E., 2005. Making sense of sport. 5th Edition. London: Routledge.Coakley. J., 2007. Sport in Society: issues and controversies. 7th Edition. McGraw-HillCollins, M., 2009. Examining Sports Development. Routledge.Eysenck, H.J., 1985. Personality and individual differences, a natural science approach. Penguin.Grigg, R., 1998. Big surf, deep dives and the islands. Hawaii: Editions Ltd.Hargreaves, J., 2007. Culture, politics and sport. RoutledgeHemmings, F., 1999. The soul of surfing. New York: Thunders Mouth Press.Jarrett, P., 2000. Mr Sunset – the Jeff Hakman story. Wakefield: Sensedge Publications.Jary, D., & Jary, J., 2005. Collins dictionary of sociology. 3rd Edition. Harper CollinsKampion, D., 1998. Stoked: a history of surf culture. Los Angeles: Evergreen.King, N., 2009. Sport Policy and Governance (Local Perspectives). Butterworth-HeinemannMansfield. R., 2009. The Surfing Tribe. Orca publicationsRitz, G., 2007. The McDonaldization of society. 5th Edition. Sage Pubs Inc.Smith, E., 2009. Sociology of Sport and Social Theory. Human Kinetics.Surf coach’s manual. British Surfing Association.Surfing in Britain. British Surfing Association.Woods, B., 1998. Applying psychology to sport: Hodder and Stoughton.Various relevant journals and magazines.

Page 185

Page 186: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN243 MODULE TITLE: Scientific Aspects of Health, Fitness and Nutrition in Sport

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module examines the human body in relation to sport and exercise, in terms of bioenergetics, neuromuscular activity, cardio-respiratory physiology and thermoregulation.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to provide a foundation in aspects of biology that are relevant to the study of

human activity and performance.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Examine key biological factors that underpin human activity.2. Evaluation of dietary requirements and the particular needs of the sportsperson.3. Pursue experiments in a defined context and collate and interpret basic investigative data.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 28 Feb 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Page 186

Page 187: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Human bioenergetics, Anatomy and physiology, Thermoregulation, Nutrition, Exercise efficiency, Fitness testing and Factors affecting performance.Demonstrate knowledge of the biological systems governing activity and trainingDemonstrate knowledge of fitness testing and development of appropriate training schedules relating to relevant data collectedAbility to relate sports physiology and training theory to the particular requirements of the surfer or other sportsperson and demonstrate an understanding of dietary requirements and the particular needs of the sportsperson.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 45Practical Classes and Workshops 20External Visits 2Guided Independent Study 133

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Anatomy and Physiology

100%Total = 100%

T Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Health and Fitness 100%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science And TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Mathew Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 187

Page 188: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Bowers, R.W., 1992. Sports physiology. SCB McGraw-Hill.Dick, F., 2007. Sports training principles.5th Edition A and C Black.Farrally, M., 2005. Introduction to sports physiology. Sports Coaching FoundationManore, M., 2009. Sport nutrition for health and performance. Human KineticsMaughan, R., Burke, L., Boyle, E., 2004. Food, nutrition and sports performance. Routledge.Roberts, G.G., 1995. Motivation in sport and exercise. Human Kinetics.Shier, D.N., & Butler, G., 2002. Holes essentials of human anatomy and physiology. McGraw-Hill.Tortora, G.J., 2005. Principles of anatomy and physiology. John Wiley & Sons.Wilmore & Costill, 2005. Physiology of sports and exercise. Human Kinetics Europe Ltd.Woods, B., 1998. Applying psychology to sport. Hodder and Stoughton

Page 188

Page 189: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN269 MODULE TITLE: Surf Businesses

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module is an introduction to business and employment in the context of the surf industry including a consideration of the structure and roles of companies and organisations. Students will be introduced to the principles of law that might be encountered within businesses in the surf industry. This module also provides students with an opportunity to acquire work experience in a field related to the subject area of their programme.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 50%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement:

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to introduce the basic concepts and skills of successful business and provide

students with an opportunity to acquire work experience in a field related to the subject area of their programme.

This will aid understanding of the industry, future career aspirations and enhance employability.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Complete and critically evaluate a period of work experience in a surf related business and evaluate

constraints, risks and opportunities within your work placement.2. Demonstrate an understanding of a variety of business models, marketing, cashflow forecasting,

budgeting, profit and loss, HRM, customer care, environmental and ethical awareness in business and employment law.

3. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of economics and sound business management by developing an idea and formulating a simple business plan.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 28 Feb 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2011 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 189

Page 190: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 133

MODULE LEADER: Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT: Locating and contacting potential employers and securing placements Analysis of an organisation, it’s management, working practices and careers structure The nature of business: organisation, performance, planning and resource management marketing,

customer care, effective communication and information systems. Cashflow forecasting, budgeting, profit and loss Legal implications relating to business; health and safety, taxation, employment and contract law Sustainable and ethical business principles

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Guided Independent Study 140

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%

T1 100%Total = 100%

Coursework C1 100%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science And TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Mathew Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 190

Page 191: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Edward-Jones, E., 2000. Ecological economics: an introduction. Blackwell Science Ltd.Dyson, J.R., 2005. Accounting for non-accounting students. London: Financial Times/Prentice HallPearce, D.W., 1976. Environmental economics. Longman.Welford, R., 1994. Cases in environmental management and business. FT Prentice Hall.Hobbs, G., 2007 Jobs and Careers Abroad. 13th Ed. Pub: Vacation Works PublicationsHuman resource management practice. London: Kogan PageHunter ML Jr. et al., 2007. Saving the Earth as a Career. Pub: Blackwell Publishing"James J., 2009. You’re Hired! Interview Tips and Techniques for a Brilliant Interview Pub: Trotman Publishing"Prospects Directory 2008/2009. Pub: Price Waterhouse CooperBennett, R. Management. London: Pitman Publishing.Bowdin. G.A.J., 2005. Event management. Oxford: NewnesBrett, M., 2003 How to read financial pages. Random House.Hall, D., Jones, R. Raffo, C., Chambers, I and Gray, D. , 1997 Business Jolly, C.Kotler. Et al., 2003. Principles of marketing. London: Prentice Hall.Pass, C., et al. 2005. Collins dictionary of business. London: Harper Collins.Welford, R., 1997. Cases in environmental management and business. FT Prentice Hall.Wood, F., 2002. Business accounting. Prentice Hall.

Page 191

Page 192: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN251 MODULE TITLE: Application of Computer Aided Design in the Surf Industry

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100366

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module will provide students with an understanding of the design process and the integrated uses of Computer Aided Design practices within the manufacturing process. Students will be able to appraise the design and aesthetics of surfboards.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to provide the students with a working knowledge of relevant CAD programmes for

surfboard design and the ability to differentiate between designs and understand their interaction with the environment and the rider.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Examine the parameters that effect performance in conjunction with basic hydrodynamic principles.2. Analyse the human factors that impact on surfboard design.3. Produce technical orthographic drawings on an appropriate CAD system.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 August 2002 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2002 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/02/11 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 192

Page 193: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 119

MODULE LEADER: Brender Wilmott OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Design techniques, methods and planning as a strategy. The managed project approach and design for manufacture.Current and historical board designs and the design of surfcraft.Problem solving and decision making. Value analysis and costing methods and design cost relationship.The relevance of the core, core stiffening, rocker, bottom contours, rails, fins and their placement, the glazing of boards and use of CAD, templates, co-ordinate measurement, wave tanks, etc as part of the design process related to surfcraft.Functional analysis of human factors, ergonomics and aesthetics.Evaluation of software packages. CAD/CAM techniques the evaluation of commercial software packages, hardware and the limitations of robots.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 25Tutorial 5Practical Classes or Workshops 30External Visits 4Guided Independent study 136

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%T Total = 100%

CourseworkC1C2

Assignment 1 - Analysis of client needs and proposalUse of CAD and Design solution

30%70%

Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Surf Science And TechnologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Mathew Barlow

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 193

Page 194: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Amirouche, F., 2003. Principles of computer aided design and manufacturing. Prentice-HallArchibald, M., 2000. Mechanical engineering design with Pro/Engineer release 2000. Schraff Development Corporation.Balachandran, M., 1993. Knowledge based optimum design. CMP.Maguire, D.E., 1998. Engineering drawing from first principles. Butterworth Heinemann Ltd.McFarlane, R., 2000. Beginning AutoCAD 2000. Butterworth Heinemann Ltd.Open University Course Team., Waves, tides and shallow water processes. 2nd Ed. Butterworth Heinemann.Simons, M., 1999. Model aircraft dynamics. Poole: Special interest model books.Tennekes, H., 1997. The simple science of flight. MIT Press.

Page 194

Page 195: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2009 MODULE TITLE: Animal Behaviour In Practice

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

Students will investigate a range of organisations/charities that house, breed and care for animals. Organisation and practice of the organisations/charities is explored, links identified to behaviour problems and provision for natural behavioural repertoires. Practice compared to scientific research.ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To provide the student with experience of how theories of animal behaviour management are put into practice in particular cases in the working environment.

Page 195

Page 196: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

1. Assess the effectiveness of a range of organisations/charities including, housing management, breeding programmes and training techniques, addressing ethical considerations.

2. Explain how behavioural problems arise and the importance of providing environments which encourage natural behavioural repertoires.

3. Demonstrate a detailed understanding the role of an animal behaviour manager in a working environment.

4. Evaluate personal performance within the context of professional practice.

ILO1: Knowledge and understanding: Understand the basis of non-human behaviour.ILO2: Cognitive and intellectual skills – Demonstrate the interaction between ecology, physiology and behaviour.ILO3: Transferable skills – Evaluate the use of psychological theories and research into the solving of behavioural problems.ILO4: Employment – Comprehend a range of business models which may provide an enterprise culture applicable to the field of behaviour and psychology in animals.ILO5: Practical – Assess the practical usefulness of different behavioural indicators of welfare.

DATE OF APPROVAL: Jan 2018 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sep 2018 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College Newquay

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Jan 2018 SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 196

Page 197: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 110MODULE LEADER: Kathy Baker OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

Summary of Module Content

Ethology, behavioural methods, imprinting, adaptations for foraging, perception in various species, how behavioural problems arise, social living, consequences of confinement.Planning, managing and financing your own business. Strategies utilised in self-employmentThe effects of external strategies on small businesses

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 12 Core material delivery.

External Visits 10

Work based learning 28 Opportunities to contextualise theory in practice

Guided Independent Study

150Students are expected to put in additional time outside of taught sessions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 197

Page 198: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

Work Based Learning assessment

1. Demonstrate a detailed understanding the role of an animal behaviour manager in a working environment

2. Evaluate personal performance within the context of professional practice

Report on a range of organisations/charities animal behaviour in practice

1. Assess the effectiveness of a range of organisations/charities including, housing management, breeding programmes and training techniques, addressing ethical considerations.

2. Explain how behavioural problems arise and the importance of providing environments which encourage natural behavioural repertoires.

50%

50%

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

Work Based Learning case study

Case study of a range of organisations/charities animal behaviour in practice

50%

50%

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Behaviour And PsychologyExternal Examiner responsible for the moduleUpdated by: Julia Sullivan 24 Jan 2018 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 198

Page 199: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN2008 MODULE TITLE: Animal Behaviour Management and Therapy

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ LEVEL: 5 HECOS CODE: 100518

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module introduces the student to the various applications for animal behaviour management which are currently being developed and being applied to an increasingly diverse number of species, and the application of scientific principles to modify an animal’s behaviour for the benefit of both animal and owner/keeper.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

This module meets an increasing requirement for tools to assess and improve animal welfare in an objective and scientifically based manner, and to maximise benefits of human/animal interactions. The student will gain an introduction to existing and developing behavioural management and therapy tools from classical conditioning, to veterinary-based therapy, to approaches for pet owners, zoos and farmers.

Page 199

Page 200: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed to

1. Examine animal behaviour management tools and techniques.

2. Understand how animal management tools can improve animal welfare.

3. Evaluate a range of training techniques.4. Apply the principles of Applied

Behavioural Analysis (ABA).

ILO3

ILO5

ILO3ILO3

DATE OF APPROVAL: Jan 2018 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: Sep 2018 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College Newquay

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Jan 2018 SEMESTER: All Year

Notes:

Page 200

Page 201: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 110MODULE LEADER: Joanne Vosper OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

Summary of Module Content:Developments and application of management tools and applied behavioural analysis linked to assessing animal welfare. Identifying and evaluating appropriate training techniques aimed at suitable methods of behaviour modification.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 10 Core material delivery

Practical Classes and Workshops

14

External Visits 8

Guided Independent Study

168Students are expected to put in additional time outside of taught sessions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 201

Page 202: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

Compile an Animal behaviour management report covering the following:

1. Research and exame animal behaviour management tools and techniques.

2. Understand how animal management tools can improve animal welfare.

3. Evaluate a range of training techniques.4. Apply the principles of Applied Behavioural

Analysis (ABA).

100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

Carry out an Animal behaviour management case study incorporating the following:

1. Examine animal behaviour management tools and techniques.

2. Identify how animal management tools can improve animal welfare.

3. Appraise a range of training techniques.4. Apply the principles of Applied

Behavioural Analysis (ABA).

100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedUpdated by: Julia Sullivan Date: 9 October 2019

Approved by: HE Operations Date: 9 October 2019

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Animal Behaviour And PsychologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Sophie Mowles

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 202

Page 203: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD

MODULE CODE: CORN236 CREDITS: 20 LEVEL: 5

MODULE TITLE: MARINE CONSERVATION IN PRACTICE

PRE-REQUISITE(S): None

CO-REQUISITE(S): None

COMPENSATABLE WITHIN THIS PROGRAMME: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR:

This module allows students to gain experience in conservation and evaluate those experiences. Students will also appreciate contemporary methods for engaging the general public in marine environmental conservation. Finally, students will learn how to negotiate between stakeholders and source funding for marine conservation.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT:

(C1)COURSEWORK 100%

Subject Assessment Panel to which this module is linked: Newquay

Minimum pass mark for professional body accreditation: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To investigate methods of public engagement and stakeholder negotiation in the marine environment.

To understand mechanisms of funding marine conservation and how financial support can be implemented to undertake marine conservation activities.

To gain experience in the conservation sector and evaluate working practices.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this module the learner will be able to:

1. Formulate strategies for public engagement in the marine environment.2. Critically evaluate methods of stakeholder negotiation.3. Investigate sources of finance for conservation activities.4. Evaluate work-related experience obtained in the conservation sector.

Page 203

Page 204: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

INDICATIVE SYLLABUS CONTENT:

Public engagement: Development of publicity materials, public relations and generation of publicity, mapping marine environmental issues to curricula, planning a campaign, marine education programmes for different age groups, event organisation; Stakeholder negotiation: Marine stakeholders and ideological positions, diplomacy, negotiation strategies, highlighting positive points in compromise agreements, marine conservation legislation and implementation; Sources of finance: Membership programmes and lists and schemes to increase membership of charities, sources of funding, grant application processes, management of project and charitable finances; Work experience: Undertake 100 hours of work-related experience in the conservation sector, reflective journals of work activity, design and production of posters for use in conferences.

APPROVAL:

DATE OF APPROVAL: January 2011

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: September 2011

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: N/A

FACULTY:

University of Plymouth Colleges

PARTNER INSTITUTION:

Cornwall College

MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt TERM: 11/AY/AU/M

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesFdSc Wildlife Education and Media FdSc Marine ConservationExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Sophie Mowles

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 204

Page 205: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

LEVEL 6CORN328 HONOURS PROJECTCORN314 CONSERVATION PROJECT MANAGEMENTCORN315 CONSERVATION GENETICSCORN306 APPLICATION OF ZOOLOGYCORN304 ZOOLOGY AND CONSERVATION OF AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMSCORN313 WILDLIFE CONSERVATIONCORN316 MONITORING MARINE ECOSYSTEMSCORN305 COMMUNICATING ZOOLOGYCORN318 MARINE POLLUTION AND ECOTOXICOLOGYCORN317 GIS AND MARINE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENTCORN321 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MARINE ENVIRONMENT USECORN322 BUSINESS, ENTERPRISE AND INNOVATIONCORN323 APPLIED SPORTS SCIENCE (PERFORMANCE AND MANAGEMENT)CORN324 ADVANCED DESIGN CONCEPTSCORN325 ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OF OCEANOGRAPHYEIA35 GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENTCORC330 WILDLIFE CRIMECORC331 ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTIGATIONCORC332 ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY AND ECONOMICSCORC333 ENVIRONMENTAL STRATEGY AND MAKRETINGCORC314 CLIMATE CHANGE AND LAND USECORN327 IMPACTS OF DISEASECORN312 CURRENT ISSUES IN ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR

Page 205

Page 206: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

UNIVERSITY OF PLYMOUTH MODULE RECORD (approved by UTLQC June 2017)

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty/AP Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN328 MODULE TITLE: HONOURS PROJECT

CREDITS: 40 FHEQ LEVEL: 6 HECOS CODE: 100522/101078/100433

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: N

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)

This module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice. The module comprises a substantial research study element, which includes a literature review, experimental design, the collection, analysis and interpretation of data and report writing.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions] – see Definitions of Elements and Components of Assessment

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80% P1 (Practical) 20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

To provide the student with an opportunity to carry out self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programme. To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process. To develop competence in the design and execution of a research study and an ability to communicate their findings by means of written and oral reports.

Page 206

Page 207: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below; please refer to the Programme Specification for relevant award/ programme Learning Outcomes.

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

Assessed Module Learning Outcomes Award/ Programme Learning Outcomes contributed toBSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology

BSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology

BSc (Hons) Marine Sports Science

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology & Conservation (+ 4 Yr. Placement)

LO1. Critically evaluate relevant literature and identify the need for further research.

ILO 2,3,5 ILO 1,2,3 ILO 1,2,3,7 ILO1,2,3,4 ILO 1,2,3,5

LO2. Propose a suitable research question for investigation, have that proposal agreed with the project co-ordinator and manage that project to an appropriate academic level.

ILO2,3,5 ILO1,2,3 ILO1,2,3,5,7 ILO 1,2,3,4,5 ILO 1,2,3

LO3. Design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work, field work, questionnaire and reference to scientific literature or unpublished data sources.

ILO2,3,5 ILO 1,2,5 ILO 1,2,3,7 ILO 1,2,3,4,5 ILO 1,2,3,6

LO4. Analyse, interpret and critically evaluate data. ILO 2,3,5 ILO 1,2,3,5 ILO 1,3,7 ILO 3,4,5 ILO 2,3,6LO5. Communicate their findings in an appropriate scientific manner.

ILO 2,3,5 ILO 3,5 ILO 1,3,7 ILO 2,3 ILO 2,6

DATE OF APPROVAL: 08/03/19 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01/09/19 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: SEMESTER: All year

Page 207

Page 208: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Page 208

Page 209: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

S ECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATs return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Angus Jackson OTHER MODULE STAFF: Kelly Haynes, Stephen

GreenSummary of Module Content:Identification of appropriate research questions. Selection of an appropriate methodology. Literature research and review. Experimental design. Negotiation of issues access and ethics. Data collection, analysis and interpretation. Report writing. Presentation of findings to peers.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA UNISTATs definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information (Briefly explain activities, including formative assessment opportunities)

Lecture 30 Lecture

Practical Classes and Workshops

20 Practical Classes and Workshops

Guided Independent study

350 Guided Independent study

Total 400 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours of learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Page 209

Page 210: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

Literature review prior to research design (LO1)

Final Written Report (LO2, 4 & 5)

25%

75%

Total = 100%

PracticalSpoken presentation of key research findings (LO5) Total = 100%

REFERRAL ASSESSMENTElement Category Component Name Component

Weighting

Coursework

Literature review (LO1)

Final Written Report (LO2, 4 & 5)Re-analysis & rewrite as referral ORRe-do project in following year,

depending on circumstance

25%

75%

Total = 100%

PracticalSpoken presentation of key research findings (LO5) Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology and Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ConservationBSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology BSC (Hons) Marine Sports Science External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Rodrigo Vega

Updated by: Angus Jackson Date: 26/06/18

Approved by: HE Operations Date: 18/12/18

Page 210

Page 211: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Barnard, C., Gilbert, F. & McGregor, P 2017. Asking questions in biology. 5th ed. Harlow: Pearson.Barrass, R., 2005. Students must write: a guide to better writing in coursework and examinations. 3rd ed. London: Routledge.

Beckerman, A.P., Childs, D.Z., Petchey, O.L., 2017. Getting started with R – An introduction for biologists. 2 nd edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Booth, V., 1993. Communicating in science: writing and speaking. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityDenscombe, M., 2010. The good research guide: for small-scale social research projects. 5th ed. Buckingham: Open University Press.Dytham, C., 2010. Choosing and using statistics: a biologists guide. 3rd ed. Oxford: Blackwell.Jansen, R.C, 2011. Developing a talent for science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Jones, A.H., Reed, R. & Weyers, J., 2011. Practical skills in biology. 5th ed. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.Matthews, J.R. & Matthews, R.W., 2007 Successful scientific writing: a step-by-step guide for the biological and mechanical sciences. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press.

Page 211

Page 212: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN314 MODULE TITLE: Conservation Project Management

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100812

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)Project management is a vital component of conservation work, as most activities are time-limited projects based on limited funds, a need to maximise planned activity, keep to a budget and regularly report to funding providers. Effective communication of research is a vital skill to increase public awareness of conservation issues, this module will explore how science is effectively and appropriately communicated to a range of audiences and evaluate their effectiveness in the delivery of coherent messages.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 20%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To develop the skills required to manage a conservation-based project, through practical project

management. To effectively disseminate the findings of a conservation project to different interest parties such as

local stakeholders, funders and the general public.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Appraise different sources of funding for a conservation project.2. Manage project objectives using current industry-standard methods of project management.3. Critically evaluate conservation project achievements and milestones.4. Report conservation project achievements to stakeholders and the general public.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 212

Page 213: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the UNISTATS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 133

MODULE LEADER: Stephen Green OTHER MODULE STAFF: Angus Jackson

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Sources of grants and other sources of funding; current methods of project planning and management; project management software and web resources; financial management software; stakeholder negotiation; management theory; personnel management; SMART targets; use of incentives to gain peak performance; management reporting styles; public engagement and outreach.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20 Delivered in a block at the start of the moduleTutorial 10 Track and discuss WRL and PDP,Practical Classes and Workshops 40 Team meetings to be held during these hours

Guided Independent study 130 Project aims/objectives undertaken and achieved during these hours

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ Total = 100%

T1 LO1,2,3,4 – Using Hypothetical situation

100%Total = 100%

CourseworkC1

C2

Viva Voce – LO1,2,3 – to determine success of the projectLO4 – Report/Multi-media communication

40%

60%Total = 100%

Practical P_ Total = 100%

Updated by: K. Haynes

Date: 31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology FdSc Wildlife Education And MediaBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation

(With Placement)BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource ManagementExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 213

Page 214: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Ausden, M., 2007. Habitat management for conservation: A handbook of techniques. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Boon, P.J. & Raven, P., 2012. River conservation and management. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.Doody, P.J., 2013. Sand dune conservation, management and restoration. London: Springer.Gibbs, J.P., Hunter, M.J. & Sterling, E.J., 2008. Problem-solving in conservation biology and wildlife management: exercises for class, field and laboratory. 2nd ed. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.Primack, R.B., 2010. Essentials of conservation biology. 5th ed. Massachusetts: Sinauer Associates.Journals: Conservation, Conservation in Practice

Page 214

Page 215: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN315 MODULE TITLE: Conservation Genetics

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100354

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module aims to equip the learner with the most up to date molecular techniques being used in genetics for conserving and protecting species. This will look at genome sequencing of animals, the importance of maintaining genetic diversity within a captive and wild population, and the implication of genetic diversity in management of small populations of possibly threatened species.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 60% C1 (Coursework) 40% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To gain an understanding of the importance in maintaining and monitoring genetic variation within a

population both in-situ and ex-situ for the purposes of conservation, and recognise their application in management strategies.

To evaluate the use of current molecular tools within the field of conservation and relate these to genetic processes from molecular to population level.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Generate and analyse data on the genetic variation within an animal population using appropriate

molecular tools.2. Compare and contrast key concepts in molecular genetics and their significance for the conservation

of small populations.3. Evaluate the applications of genetics to selected topical areas with implications for the management

of threatened species both in captivity and in the wild.4. Integrate genetic, ecological and behavioural factors for conservation management strategies both in-

and ex-situ.DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 215

Page 216: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Stephen Green OTHER MODULE STAFF: Kelly Haynes

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Fundamentals of molecular genetics: gene and chromosome structure, DNA replication, mutation, gene expression. Biotechnology: examples may include- gene banks, cloning, PCR, electrophoresis, DNA fingerprinting, microsatellite tagging, micro arrays. The module will aim to give an understanding of the technique, interpretation of its output and the application in context, for example phylogenetics.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 40 Genetic processes, molecular techniques, applicationSeminar 30 Reviewing current practice and specific examplesPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Molecular tools, data analysis and interpretationGuided Independent study 110

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element

Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 LO2,3,4 – Examination 100%Total = 100%

T Total = 100%

Coursework

C1

C2

LO2, 3 - Literature review of current molecular tools.LO1, 2 - Report, analysis of genetic data.

50%

50%Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by: K. Haynes

Date: 31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date: 10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine Zoology FdSc Wildlife Education And MediaBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation

(With Placement)External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 216

Page 217: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Allendorf, F.W., Luikart, G. & Aitken, S.N., 2013. Conservation and the genetics of populations. 2nd ed. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.Frankham, R., Ballou, J.D. & Briscoe, D.A., 2009. Introduction to conservation genetics. 2nd ed. Cambridge Cambridge V University Press.Hoglund, J., 2009. Evolutionary conservation genetics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Journals: Conservation Biology Conservation GeneticsNature Genetics Trends in GeneticsTrends in Genetics and Evolution

Page 217

Page 218: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN306 MODULE TITLE: Applications of Zoology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100880

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module enables students to study and develop ideas related to selected zoological themes relevant to the workplace or research situation. The student will explore these themes through the literature, seminars and tutorials developing his/her own research skills.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To develop the ability to produce a synthesis of information and ideas in a sustained discourse

constructed around themes of current interest in Zoology.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Synthesise information from the literature, to elucidate a research theme using different conceptual

perspectives.2. Appraise evidence from the scientific literature to construct a convincing argument on a controversial

issue.3. Evaluate research on set zoological topics and present findings to the peer group.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 23 April 2008 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 218

Page 219: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Lawrence Moores OTHER MODULE STAFF: Angus JacksonSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Students will be expected to research current debates in the literature in the Biosciences, covering topic areas such as those detailed below. The subject of the self-study must fall within the broad range of Zoological Science. Themes which may be included: genetics and biotechnology in conservation; impact of pollution on ecosystem / species / population conservation and management; sentience, consciousness and welfare, evolution in education.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Practical Classes and Workshops 30Guided Independent study 150

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%T Total = 100%

CourseworkC1C2

Briefing documentReview article

30%70%

Total = 100%

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by:Kelly Haynes

Date:31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation

(With Placement)BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Rodrigo Vega

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19Recommended Texts and Sources:Barnard, C., Gilbert, F. and McGregor, P., 2011. Asking questions in biology. 4th ed. Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd.Barrass, R., 2002. Scientists must write: a guide to better writing for scientists, engineers and students. 2nd ed. London: RoutledgeBooth, V. 1993. Communicating in science: writing and speaking. 2nd ed. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press.Booth, A., Papaioannou, D. and Sutton, A., 2012. Systematic approaches to a successful literature review. London: Sage Publications Ltd.

Page 219

Page 220: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN304 MODULE TITLE: Zoology and Conservation of Aquatic Ecosystems

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100848

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module focuses on recent advances in the biology, ecology and conservation of animal life within freshwater and marine environments, and addresses how conservation measures can ensure marine life and the marine environment can be utilised in a sustainable way.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 60 % C1 (Coursework) 40 % P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To develop an understanding of current research in selected aspects of aquatic zoology, Extend

knowledge of the biology and community interactions in marine and freshwater environments. Evaluate anthropogenic impacts on aquatic organisms and systems and the conservation techniques attempting to mitigate these.

To develop advanced competence in the use of sampling techniques Evaluate the impact of abiotic and biotic processes in the marine environment on management and conservation techniques, Develop an awareness of contemporary issues regarding marine conservation and sustainable use marine resources.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Give a detailed account of some of the key advances in our understanding of the biology and ecology

of aquatic animals whilst indicating a critical awareness of its provisional nature.2. Synthesise information regarding the interactions of aquatic organisms at community, ecosystem and

global levels.3. Plan and execute appropriate practical work to study an aquatic organism or ecosystem indicating an

awareness of ethical issues.4. Critically evaluate management and conservation measures which are currently applied to minimise

the impacts of human activity on aquatic animals.DATE OF APPROVAL: 23 April 2008 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All YearAdditional notes (For office use only):

Page 220

Page 221: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Rebecca Allen OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Diversity and classification of aquatic animals. Aquatic habitats and ecosystems. Food webs and species interactions. Use of microscopes for identification of plankton. Methods for sampling and studying aquatic organisms. Field trips to investigate aquatic ecosystems. Conservation management plans including marine protected areas. Review current research topics in Aquatic Zoology. Coastal zone management. Impacts of climate change on marine biodiversity .Sustainable use of living marine resources.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Practical Classes and Workshops 15Fieldwork 15Guided Independent study 150

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Examination 100%Total = 100%

T_ Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Planning of a research project

100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ Total = 100%

Updated by: Kelly Haynes

Date: 31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date: 18/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation (With Placement)

External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Rodrigo Vega

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 221

Page 222: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Bird, E.C.F., 2008. Coastal geomorphology: an introduction. 2nd ed. Chichester: John Wiley & Son.Castro, P. & Huber, M.E., 2013. Marine biology. 9th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill.Clark, R. B., 2001. Marine pollution. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Colling, A., 2001. Ocean Circulation. Oxford: Butterworth Heinemann.Coté, I. M. & Reynolds, J. D., eds., 2006. Coral reef conservation, 13th ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Fish, J. & Fish, S., 2011. A student’s guide to the seashore. 3rd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Herring, P., 2001. The biology of the deep ocean. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Hamlett, W.C., ed., 1999. Sharks, skates and rays; the biology of elasmobranch fishes. London: Johns Hopkins University Press.Norse, E.A. & Crowder, L. B., eds., 2005. Marine conservation biology: the science of maintaining the sea's biodiversity. USA: Island Press.

Page 222

Page 223: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN313 MODULE TITLE: Wildlife Conservation

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 101318

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module allows students to examine the application of science to the practice of wildlife management and the impact of environmental law and policy on the biological outcomes for threatened species and ecosystems. The module has a strong emphasis on field-based experience with the added knowledge of GIS (Geographical Information Systems) to back up the practical applications, and link into WBL.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 60% C1 (Coursework) 40% P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To develop a systematic knowledge and understanding of conservation work in practise and GIS. Expose students to a range of coastal and terrestrial habitats, their management and conservation. To develop competence in the design and execution of biological survey techniques. To develop an ability to communicate findings by means of written and oral reports.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Critically evaluate conservation projects in relation to national and international policy objectives and

legislation.2. Formulate a suitable management plan for a named place with relation to its conservation/

population control with the aid of GIS applications as part of the process of environmental decision making.

3. Collate, analyse and present results of surveys of the abundance and distribution of key species.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 23 April 2008 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 September 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 223

Page 224: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Stephen Green OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Introductory lectures outline global conservation problems and describe different approaches to conservation. A field course includes field excursions to different sites to evaluate conservation work and management in practise, some of the following subjects can be found within the module; Basic GIS, National parks, UK and International conservation laws, Water resources and conservation, Biodiversity offsetting, Identification and recording techniques, EIAs and scoping documentation, policy and implementation e.g. management plans, Biodiversity Action Plans (BAPs), population monitoring techniques, impacts of climate change on biodiversity, evidence-based conservation, running practical conservation programmes.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 36Fieldwork 46Guided Independent Study 118

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Examination 100%Total = 100%

T %Total = 100%

CourseworkC1C2

Field ReportPresentation

50%50%

Total = 100%

Practical P %Total = 100%

Updated by:K.Haynes

Date:31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation (With Placement)

External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Rodrigo Vega

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 224

Page 225: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Borgerhoff Mulder, M., & Coppolillo, P... 2005. Conservation: linking ecology, economics, and culture. New Jersey: Princeton University Press.Chalmers, N; Parker P (1989) Project Guide: fieldwork and statistics for ecological projects - OU Project Guide No. 9. Dorchester: Field Studies Council.De Klemm C., & Shine, C., 2007 Biological diversity conservation and the law: legal mechanisms for conserving species and ecosystems - environmental policy & law papers, No. 29. Cambridge: IUCN Publications. (online)Glasson, J., Therivel, R. and Chadwick, A. 2012. Introduction to environmental impact assessment. 4th ed. Abingdon: Routledge.Heywood, I., Cornelius, S., Carver, S., 2011. An introduction to geographical information systems. 4th ed. Prentice Hall: Harlow.Macdonald, D. & Service, K., 2013. Key topics in conservation biology 2. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons: Chichester.Petts, J., 1999. Handbook of environmental impact assessment, Volume One & Volume Two. Oxford: Blackwell Science.Rodriguez-Bachiller A. & Glasson, J., 2004. Expert systems and geographical information systems for impact assessment. London: Taylor-Francis.Stuart, F. C., Matson, P.Vitousek, P.M. & Chapin, M.C., 2002. Principles of terrestrial ecosystem ecology. New York: Springer.Treweek, J., 1999. Ecological impact assessment. Oxford: Blackwell Scientific.Thornton, I., & New. T., 2007. Island colonization: the origin and development of island communities. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Page 225

Page 226: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN316 MODULE TITLE: Monitoring Marine Ecosystems

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100347

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module builds on survey methods developed in Stage 1 and 2. Students will investigate and employ a range of methods including fieldwork, remote sensing, bio-indicators and ecological models to enable them to effectively plan and undertake monitoring programmes. Students will select a taxonomic group to specialise in and hone their identification and survey skills in that area.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To collect and collate in situ and remote sensing data. To examine the role of ecological models in monitoring the marine ecosystem. To develop taxonomic identification skills. To analyse collated data and employ models that allow an appreciation of the marine environment.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Employ ecological models to monitor aspects of marine ecosystems.2. Critically evaluate methods and strategies for monitoring marine animals and ecosystems.3. Demonstrate a detailed knowledge of the taxonomy and survey methods for a group of marine

organisms.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 September 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 226

Page 227: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Jason Birt OTHER MODULE STAFF: Kelly Haynes

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Population and ecosystem models; satellite and aerial remote sensing (biotic and abiotic data); tagging technologies; photo-identification methods; dye tracing; pictorial, dichotomous and multi-access keys; online recording; devices for recording species identification in the field; research programmes for developing baseline studies; long term datasets; indicator species, stock assessment; pattern recognition; use of drones and other (semi) autonomous devices; development of databases for recording species records; bird ringing; JNCC Marine Mammal Observers; passive acoustic monitoring; use of citizen science for baseline recording; standard methods of recording and coding habitat type; underwater visual census; underwater camera work; active acoustical methods of seabed survey.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Practical Classes and Workshops 30Guided Independent Study 150

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

CourseworkC1C2

LO2 – EssayLO1, 3 - Poster/Media.

50%50%

Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by: K. Haynes

Date: 31/08/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:10/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation

BSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation (With Placement)

BSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 227

Page 228: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Berryman, A.A. (Author.) and KINDLMANN, p. (Author.) (2008) Population systems: a general introduction. 2nd edn. Springer.Campbell, J.B. and Wynne, R.H. (2011) Introduction to remote sensing. 5th edn. London: GuilfordClark, J.S. (2007) Statistical computation for environmental sciences in R: lab manual for models for ecological data. Lawrenceville, NJ: Princeton University Press.Franklin, S.E. (2010) Remote sensing for biodiversity and wildlife management: synthesis and applications. New York: McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.Horning, N. et al. (2010) Remote sensing for ecology & conservation: a handbook of techniques. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Kidmore, A. (Editor.) (2002) Environmental modelling with GIS and remote sensing. London: Taylor & FrancisKing, M.G. (Author.) (2007) Fisheries biology, assessment & management. 2nd edn. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.Zimmer, W.M.X. (Author.) (2011) Passive acoustic monitoring of cetaceans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Page 228

Page 229: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN317 MODULE TITLE: GIS and Marine Environmental Management

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100360

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)As technology develops apace we have increasing potential to use marine resources and the pressure on these has never been greater. In the last decade there has been a shift towards an ‘Ecosystem approach’ to resource management which requires an ability to understand the potential impacts and conflicts surrounding a variety of marine resources, from current use of fisheries to developing areas such as offshore power and seabed mining. GIS is a powerful tool to aid management and spatial planning. Using ecological data and models students will map use of marine systems and also examine where impacts with marine life and ecosystems may occur.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To examine current and future possibilities in marine resource use and the potential impacts of such

on marine life and ecosystems. To develop skills in GIS use as an aid in marine management and impact analysis.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate an awareness of how ecological data informs marine management planning.2. Review current policy and legislation for marine resource use.3. Examine current and potential conflict in marine resource use.4. Employ GIS to analyse marine spatial data.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 229

Page 230: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 121

MODULE LEADER: Angus Jackson OTHER MODULE STAFF: Rebecca Allen

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Use information from population and ecosystem models to inform marine resource management. Role of government departments, NDPBs (non-departmental public bodies), NGOs, commercial organisations and other stakeholders in marine resource management. Relevant legislation and policy for planning and marine management. Established and potential impacts of the use of marine resources such as fisheries, offshore power, seabed mining, recreational developments. Ecosystem approach to marine resource management. Integration of ecological data into GIS layers... Combination and manipulation of GIS layers to produce new information.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Practical Classes and Workshops 40Guided Independent study 140

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Formal Examination to cover ALO 1 & 2.

100%Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Report using GIS to cover ALO 3 & 4.

100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:R. Allen

Date:18/10/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:18/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 230

Page 231: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Agardy, T., 2010. Ocean zoning: making marine management more effective. London: EarthscanClaudet, J., 2011. Marine protected areas: a multidisciplinary approach. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Ecology, biodiversity and conservation).Macleod, C.D., 2011. An introduction to using GIS in marine biology. 1st edn. Glasgow: Pictish Beast Publications.Ray, G.C., Mccormick-Ray, J., and Smith, R.L., 2003. Coastal-marine conservation: science & policy. Oxford: Blackwell Science.Whitmarsh, D., 2011. Economic management of marine living resources: a practical introduction. London: Earthscan.Wright, D.J. et al., 2007. Arc marine: GIS for a blue planet. California: ESRI Press.

Page 231

Page 232: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN318 MODULE TITLE: Marine Pollution and Ecotoxicology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 101459

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: Examining current topics within marine pollution from specific organic chemicals to chronic noise; this module looks at the sources, pathways impacts and sinks of different pollutants and evaluates prevention and mitigation strategies. Considering the effects of specific pollutants from a cellular, whole organism, community and the ecosystem, students will evaluate the use of biomarkers and bioindicator species for monitoring pollutants.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 60% C1 (Coursework) 40% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To develop an understanding of the sources and impacts of pollutants in the marine environment and

investigate methods of monitoring pollution and its effects. To evaluate methods of prevention and mitigation.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Synthesise the current knowledge on the source, transport and fate of pollutants in the marine

environment.2. Examine the effect of pollutants at organism, community and ecosystem level.3. Evaluate strategies of prevention and mitigation.4. Use case studies to evaluate the use of biomarkers and bioindicator species for monitoring marine

pollutants.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 June 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 232

Page 233: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Kelly Haynes OTHER MODULE STAFF: Rebecca Allen

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Pathways, sources, sinks and effects of marine pollutants; Classes of pollutants, chemical, physical, biological. Case studies of pollutants. Cellular, organ, whole animal & ecosystem effects of pollutants. Pollution prevention, control and mitigation strategies.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 30 Core MaterialPractical Classes and Workshops 30

Guided Independent Study 140 Students are expected to put in additional time outside of taught sessions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Formal Examination 100%Total = 100%

To cover LO1 and LO3.

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Case Study 100%Total = 100%

To evaluate risks of pollutant(s). To cover LO2 and LO4.

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:K.Haynes

Date:18/10/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:18/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr David Bailey

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 233

Page 234: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Clark, R.B. Frid, C. and Attrill, M., 2001. Marine pollution. 5th edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Clements, W.H. and Newman, M.C., .2002. Community ecotoxicology. New York: John Wiley & Sons Ltd. (Hierarchical Ecotoxicology Series).Rand, G., 2003. Aquatic Toxicology: effects, environmental fate and risk assessment. 2nd edn. Taylor and Francis.Lawrence, A.J. and Hemingway, K.L., 2003. Effects of pollution on fish: molecular effects & population responses. Oxford: Blackwell Science.Walker, C.H. et al. 2012. Principles of ecotoxicology. 4th edn. London: Taylor & Francis.Newman, C. 2001. Population Ecotoxicology. New York: John Wiley & Sons Ltd. (Hierarchical Ecotoxicology Series).Dell’Omo, G., 2002. Behavioural ecotoxicology. New York: John Wiley & Sons Ltd...

Page 234

Page 235: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN305 MODULE TITLE: Communicating Zoology

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)In this module you will explore how science is effectively and appropriately communicated to a range of audiences and extend your skills in using a variety of media and evaluating their effectiveness in the delivery of coherent messages.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 60 % C1 (Coursework) 40 % P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To enhance understanding of practical use of various media To extend practical implementation of effective communication To analyse, and communicate effectively about, current issues in Zoology and related sciences To create effective communication tools

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Compose written material synthesising information from a range of media on current scientific issues.2. Create a media package to a high standard to communicate a scientific message on a topical issue.3. Synthesise knowledge of communication and learning theories to formulate a communication

package to engage an audience effectively.4. Evaluate communication strategies for the effective engagement of a range of audiences and methods

appropriate for each.5. Critically evaluate literature designed to communicate in both a balanced and deliberately biased

manner.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 23 April 2008 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: . TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 235

Page 236: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Lawrence Moores OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Wildlife filming and still photography. Media analysis for scientific messages. Learning theories and applications. Communication theories. Range of audiences; demographics. Scientific arenas for communication. Tools for evaluation of effectiveness of communication. The practical use and application of a range of media, the identification of audiences, the identification of arenas for science communication, the evaluation of those arenas, the advantages and disadvantages of media with reference to audience and topic, learning theories and the practical application of said theories, how to communicate effectively to a specified audience, case studies, popular science writing.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 40Guided Independent Study 160

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Examination 10%Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Media package 100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: HE Operations

Date:18/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Marine ZoologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Rodrigo Vega

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 236

Page 237: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Allan, S., 2002. Media, risk & science. Buckingham: Open University Press. Baines, P. & Dixon, C., 2003. Signs: lettering in the environment. London: Laurence King.Bennett, D.J. and Jennings, R.C. (Eds.) 2011. Successful science communication: telling it like it is. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Bently, L., 2002. Between a rock and a hard place: the problems facing freelance creators in the UK media marketplace. London: Institute of Employment Rights.Boyd, A., 2008. Broadcast journalism: techniques of radio & television news. 6th ed. Oxford: Focal Press.Brake, M.L. and Weitkamp, E., (Eds). 2010. Introducing science communication: a practical guide. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Chomsky, N., 2002. Media control: the spectacular achievements of propaganda. 2nd ed. New York: Seven Stories PressCurzon, L.B., 2004. Teaching in further education. 6th ed. London: Continuum International.Falk, J. & Dierking, L., 2011. The museum experience. California: Left Coast Press.Farrow, S., 2006. The really useful science book: framework of knowledge for primary teachers. 3rd ed. London: Routledge. Friedman,Gould, S.J., 2004. The hedgehog, the fox and the magister’s pox: mending & minding the gap between science & the humanities. London: Stanley Paul.Gregory, J. & Miller, S., 2000. Science in public: communication, culture & credibility. Cambridge: Perseus Books.Hart, J., 2001. The art of the storyboard: storyboarding for film, TV and animation. Boston: Focal Press.Hein, G., 1998. Learning the museum. London: Routledge.Holliman, R. Whitelegg, E., Scanlon, E., Smidt, S. & Thomas, J. (Eds). 2009. Investigating science communication in the information age: implications for public engagement & popular media. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Kaye, N. 2000. Site specific art: performance, place and documentation. London: Routledge.Piers, W. (Ed). (2011) Wildlife film-making looking to the future. United Kingdom: Wildeye.Ridley, M., 2006. Genome: the autobiography of a species in 23 chapters. London: Harper

Page 237

Page 238: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN321 MODULE TITLE: Contemporary Issues in Marine Environmental Use

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100468

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module ensures that students are familiar with all forms of marine sports literature and prompts them to consider all perspectives in developing ideas on important issues in marine sport. Students will have the opportunity present their reasoned arguments and receive peer critique through a conference they will organise and manage.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) 40% or Pass/Fail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To ensure currency with the relevant literature and nurture the ability to produce an academic

discourse constructed around themes of current interest in global marine sport, allied with the opportunity to work effectively as a member of an organising team.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate currency with all forms of marine sports literature and be aware of the process of peer

review.2. Appraise information from the literature with due regard to different perspectives, to develop a

reasoned opinion on an issue in marine sport.3. Evolve and deliver a high quality argument in written and oral forms, and deal effectively with peer

group critique.4. Operate as an effective team member in organising a significant conference event.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Oct 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 238

Page 239: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Dr Malcom Findley OTHER MODULE STAFF: NoneSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT: Marine Zone Analysis Codes of conduct Localism & Globalism Health and Safety Environmental Impact Assessment

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 15Practical Classes and Workshops 110

Guided Independent study 75 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E %Total = 100%

T %Total = 100%

CourseworkC1C2

Report - ALO1 & 2Contribution to team - ALO4

90%10%

Total = 100%

Practical P1 Presentation - to cover ALO3

100%Total = 100%

Updated by:B. Willmott

Date:12/02/14

Approved by:HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Marine Sports ScienceExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Chris Heaney

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19Recommended Texts and Sources:Bendell-Young, L., ed., Gallaugher, P., ed., 2001. Waters in peril. New York: Springer.Hestermeyer, H., ed., Matz-Luck, ed., Seibert-Fohr, A., ed., & Voneky, S., ed., 2010. Law of the sea in dialogue. London: Springer.Moksness, E., ed., Dahl, E., ed., & Stottrup, J., ed., 2009. Integrated coastal zone management. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.White, R., ed., 2012. Climate change from a criminological perspective. London: Springer.

Page 239

Page 240: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN322 MODULE TITLE: Business, Enterprise and Innovation

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100812

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)Students will be provided with the opportunity to develop enterprising and innovative skills and attributes as are key to the creation of products or service in a marine sports context.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 75% P1 (Practical) 25%E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To research the market and consider product/service niches in order to create an innovative business

idea in an industry context

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Investigate marine sports markets and evaluate for potential niches for products, services and/or

social enterprises.2. Propose and develop a business plan for an innovative product/service/social enterprise to fill an

identified niche.3. Critically evaluate the importance of appropriate engagement with and management of relationships

with stakeholders.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Oct 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sep 2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 240

Page 241: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 133

MODULE LEADER: Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT: Research markets Develop ideas Refine to identify product/service for further development Create a business plan including finance, marketing, materials Identify & manage stakeholders Conclude & launch successful project

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 30Practical Classes and Workshops 20

Guided Independent Study 150 Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1_ Portfolio – to cover ALO1, 2 & 3

100%Total = 100%

Practical P1_ Presentation – to cover ALO2

100%Total = 100%

Updated by:B. Willmott

Date:12/02/14

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Marine Sports ScienceExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Chris Heaney

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 241

Page 242: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Beech, J.G. Chadwick, S. 2013. The business of sport management. 2nd edn. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.Carter, S., Jones-Evans, D., 2012. Enterprise and small business: principles, practice and policy. 3rd ed. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.Down, S., 2010. Enterprise, entrepreneurship and small business. London: SAGE.Kaplan, S., 2012. The business model innovation factory: how to stay relevant when the world is changing. Chichester: John Wiley.Murray, D.K., 2009. Borrowing brilliance: the six steps to business innovation by building on the ideas of others. New York: Gotham Books.Priestley, D., 2013. Entrepreneur Revolution: How to develop your entrepreneurial mindset and start a business that works. Chichester: Capstone Publishing Ltd.Underwood, S., ed., Blundel, R., ed., Lyon, F., ed., & Schaefer, A., ed., 2012. Social and sustainable enterprise: changing the nature of business. Bingley: Emerald Group Publishing Ltd.

Page 242

Page 243: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN323 MODULE TITLE: Applied Sports Science (Performance and Management)

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)Advanced application of sports science principles in relation to optimum performance.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 % C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: Enables students to be able to apply their knowledge of sports science principles to develop enhanced

performance and to be aware of limitations caused by pain and medication and how to manage effectively.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Assess the impact of injury, pain and medical conditions and associated medication on training and

performance.2. Assess an individual and construct and manage a physical & psychological health and exercise plan in a

longitudinal case study.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Oct 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sep 2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 243

Page 244: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 108MODULE LEADER: Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF: Matt BarlowSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Factors that influence athlete – scientist interaction; Pain and pain management Effects of medication on training The special considerations that can influence the training programme; Rehab, injury prevention, Physiological adaptations, both structural and functional, that arise from training various components

of fitness The demands of a sport and design periodised training programmes; Training phases, peaking, tapering, and recovery.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshop 25Guided Independent Study 150

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1_ Exam – to cover ALO1 100%Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1_ Case Study – to cover ALO2

%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:B. Willmott

Date:12/02/14

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Marine Sports ScienceExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Chris Heaney

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19Recommended Texts and Sources:Edmundson, C., 2015. Sports technology: optimising sports performance. London: Bloomsbury Publishing.Gordon, D., 2009. Coaching science. Exeter: Learning Matters.Knowles, Z., ed., Gilbourne, D., ed., Cropley, B., ed., & Dugdill, L., ed., 2014. Reflective practice in the sport and exercise sciences. Abingdon: RoutledgeWilliams, J.M., 2009. Applied sport psychology: personal growth to peak performance. 6th ed. Maidenhead: McGraw-Hill.

Page 244

Page 245: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN324 MODULE TITLE: Advanced Design Concepts

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100160

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module will provide students with the opportunity to develop the principles of CAD learned at Level 5 to produce a bespoke product related to the industry

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: Newquay

MODULE AIMS: Students will be able to assess the latest technology, developments and future trends. They will be

able to develop their CAD skills to produce a cutting edge product.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Appraise the latest technology and trends.2. Design and produce and reflect on an appropriate product(s).3. Evaluate product in terms of human, social, economic & environmental sustainability.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Oct 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sep 2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 245

Page 246: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 115MODULE LEADER: Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF: SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT: The 4 main types of sustainability (human, social, economic & environmental) Review the range of products available at market Potential future developments in design and materials Consideration for materials and methods in the design process CAD/CAM techniques of commercial software & hardware packagesSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 15Practical Classes and Workshops 135

Guided Independent Study 50 Students are expected to put in time outside taught lessons

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1_ Exam – to cover ALO1 100%Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1_ Report – to cover ALO2 & 3

100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:B. Willmott

Date:12/02/14

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:23/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Marine Sports ScienceExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Chris Heaney

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19Recommended Texts and Sources:Hudson, J., 2011. Process: 50 product designs from concept to manufacture. London: Laurence King.Meybaum, H., 2014. The art of product design: changing how things get made. Chichester: John Wiley and sons.Ulrich, K., Eppinger, S., 2011. Product design and development. 5th ed. Maidenhead: McGraw-Hill.Zhou, Z., Xie, S., & Chen, D., 2012. Fundamentals of digital manufacturing science. London: Springer.

Page 246

Page 247: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN325 MODULE TITLE: Advanced Applications of Oceanography

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100410

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)To build on basic principles to develop the skills of planning and management of marine sport, in the context of the marine environmental factors that are of supreme importance

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 100 % C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To apply knowledge of marine environmental factors in planning and managing marine sport activity.

Students will develop appreciation of, inter alia, techniques of weather-routing, surf prediction, global weather features, and emergency situations, and analyse the value of these through case study analysis.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Identify optimal oceanographical conditions for marine sport activities.2. Select appropriate management techniques for marine sports activity, with due regard for the marine

environment.3. Analyse and plan contingencies for the impacts of physical and meteorological variation on marine

sports activity.4. Appraise marine sports case studies in relation to event planning and emergency situations.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 Oct 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sep 2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 247

Page 248: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Dr Malcolm Findlay OTHER MODULE STAFF: SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT: Sources of data for marine sport activity and event planning Analysing meteorological data Appraising physical oceanographical data, in the context of marine sport Understanding modelling and fieldwork data outputs Contingency planning Planning for emergency situations Appraisal of case studiesSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 20Practical Classes and Workshops 30Guided Independent Study 150

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1_ Exam – to cover ALO 1,2,3 & 4

100%Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C_ %Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:B. Willmott

Date:12/02/14

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:17/09/16

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Marine Sports ScienceExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Chris Heaney

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Marchuk, G.I., Kagan, B. A., 1989. Dynamics of ocean tides. London: SpringerOlbers, D., Willebrand, J., & Eden, C., 2012. Ocean dynamics. London: Springer.Massel, S., 2013. Ocean Surface Waves. London: World Scientific Publishing

Page 248

Page 249: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: EIA35 MODULE TITLE: Geographical Information Systems and Environmental Impact Assessment

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100369

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)An introduction to Geographical Information Systems in the context of Environmental Impact Assessment and environmental decision making.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework) 50% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module develops an understanding of the nature, application and practice of Geographical

Information systems, as applied to Environmental Impact Assessment, and their role in environmental decision making.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Describe the EIA process and demonstrate understanding of the EIA legislation.2. Describe the methodologies used for impact identification and prediction.3. Understand the nature, types and application of GIS.4. Understand the value and limitations of GIS and the information generated.5. Use GIS to display, create, analyse, and communicate information.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 May 1999 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 September 1999 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: . TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 249

Page 250: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Yvonne Oates OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Nature, types and applications of GIS, assessing a GIs package, the navigating the GIS environment and GIS features. Creating a new GIS project, map scales and projections, distance and area, data displays, customising, inputting information, digitising. Outputting, analysing and communicating information. The purpose, origins, development, principles and practice of EIA. Stages in the EIA procedures. EIA directive and UK requirements. Methods for impact identification and prediction. Local case studies, application of GIS to one major study.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 90Guided Independent Study 110

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Examination 100%Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Assignment 100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:HE Operations

Date:24/10/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:24/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Environmental Resource ManagementExternal Examiner responsible for the module Julia WebbUpdated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 250

Page 251: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Glasson, J., Therivel, R. and Chadwick, A. (1999). Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment, 2nd Edition. UCL Press. ISBN 1-85728-945-5.Petts, J. (1999). Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment, Volume One & volume two. Blackwell Science. ISBN 0-632-04772-0, ISBN 0-632-04771-2.Treweek, J. (1999). Ecological Impact Assessment. Blackwell Scientific. ISBN 0-632-03738-5.Chrisman, N. (1997). Exploring Geographical Information Systems. Wiley, Chichester.DeMers, M.N. (1997). Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems. Wiley, Chichester.Jones, C.B. (1997). Geographical Information Systems and Computer Cartography, Ad Wes, Land High Ed.Heywood, I., Cornelius, S., Carver, S., (2002). An Introduction to Geographical Information Systems (2nd Edn), Pearson Education Ltd, Harlow.Langley (1999). Geographical Information Systems (Version 2, Second Edition), John Wiley Inc.Rodriguez-Bachiller A. (2000). Geographical Information Systems and Expert Systems for Impact Assessment. Part 1: GIS. Journal of Environmental Assessment Policy and Management, Vol 2 No 3 pp 369 – 414

Page 251

Page 252: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORC330 MODULE TITLE: Wildlife Crime

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100384

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module allows the student to develop an understanding of wildlife crime and the application of forensic techniques to investigations of such crime.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40 %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To inform the students about the legislation protecting wildlife, the nature and extent of wildlife

crime and the forensic techniques used in the investigation of wildlife crime.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Describe the nature and extent of wildlife crime.2. Identify and interpret legislation relating to wildlife crime.3. Describe and appraise the roles of the different organisations involved in regulating wildlife crime.4. Understand and apply the different forensic techniques used in the investigation of wildlife crime.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 November 2007 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 September 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/09/13 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 252

Page 253: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: John Blackburn OTHER MODULE STAFF: NoneSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Demonstrate by means of a written report knowledge and understanding of the wildlife crime and its regulation. Demonstrate by means of written examination knowledge of the different forensic techniques used in the investigation of wildlife crime.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 40 Core material deliveryTutorial 5 Additional one-to-one support

Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in additional support outside of taught sessions.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name

Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T1 In Class Test 100%Total = 100%

To cover LO2

Coursework C1 Written Report 100%Total = 100%

To cover LO 1, 3 and 4

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by: HE Operations

Date: 24/10/18 Approved by: HE Operations

Date:24/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Environmental Resource ManagementExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Julia Webb

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (as amended at Bonn 1979).DEFRA (2004). Wildlife Crime: A guide to the forensic and specialist techniques in the investigation of wildlife crime.Hunter, M. L. (1996). Fundamentals of Conservation Biology. Blackwell Science.Lowther, J., Cook, D., Roberts, M. (2002). Crime and punishment in the wildlife trade. A WWF/TRAFFIC report.

Page 253

Page 254: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORC332 MODULE TITLE: Environmental Sustainability and Economics

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100468

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters) This module introduces the student to the impact and use of economic policies and theories on the environment. It shows how the use of models and ideas from the field of economics can assist in resolving environmental problems. It builds on an understanding of economic theory to consider the use of a range of environmental problems and the possible solutions which the science of economics can offer.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide students with an understanding of the relevance, and possible drawbacks, to the use of

economic ideas to provide a perspective in understanding environmental issues and resolving environmental problems.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate knowledge of economic principles and understand how they relate to environmental

issues.2. Have an awareness of the ethical issues which affect economic decisions in the environment including

such issues as the valuation of intangibles.3. Assess a range of data and information using a range of sources within journals and government and

other official publications.4. Evaluate the relevance of economic ideas to particular areas of policy and compare them to other

possible publications.5. Use information selectively and with minimum guidance to produce a competent study of an issue in

environmental economics.6. Show how economic principles can be applied to the resolution of environmental problems using

appropriate tools and knowledge.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 May 1999 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 1999 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/09/13 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Page 254

Page 255: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Additional notes (For office use only): SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Warren Evans OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Introduction to economic principles, market economics, market failure, environmental sustainability, cost-benefit analysis, tradable permits, pollution taxes and congestion charges.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 45Guided Independent Study 155

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T1 In Class Test 100%Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Written Report 100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by:HE Operations

Date:24/10/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:24/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Environmental Resource ManagementExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Julia Webb

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Page 255

Page 256: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORC331 MODULE TITLE: Environmental Investigation

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100468

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: This module allows the student to demonstrate an understanding of the methods, and organisations, involved in environmental investigations.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 % P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40 %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To allow the student to develop the skills to investigate and assess environmental issues or incidents

with scientific rigor.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate the ability to make assessments of environmental pollution/damage using a range of

techniques.2. Demonstrate understanding of environmental legislation.3. Show an understanding of the need for professional standards and ethical behaviour.4. Demonstrate the ability work independently and reflect on their performance.5. Demonstrate an understanding of health and safety issues in the working environment.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 November 2007 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 September 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/09/13 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 256

Page 257: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111MODULE LEADER: Michael Hunt OTHER MODULE STAFF: SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Chemical analysis, Biological assessment, Air pollution, Contaminated land, Marine pollution, Environmental law, Carbon auditing and carbon management strategies, Professional Practice.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 39Fieldwork 3External Visits 3Guided Independent Study 155

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T1 In Class Test 100%Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Written Report 100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

Updated by: HE Operations

Date: 24/10/18

Approved by: HE Operations

Date:24/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Environmental Resource ManagementExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Julia Webb

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Clark, R. B. (1997). Marine Pollution (4th Ed). Oxford University Press, Oxford. ISBN 0 19 850069 6http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/business/reporting/http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/airquality/strategy/Mason, C. F. (1996). The biology of freshwater pollution. LongmanMurphy, B. L. and Morrison, R. D. (2007) Introduction to Environmental Forensics 2nd Edition, Academic PressNational Environment Technology Centre (Netcen) website,

Page 257

Page 258: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

http://www.airquality.co.uk/archive/index.phpSECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORC333 MODULE TITLE: Environmental Strategy and Marketing

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 HECoS CODE: 100468

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module enables students to devise and evaluate strategic plans and policies as they apply to projects, organisations and agencies involved with environmental issues.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60% P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test) 40%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: Students will explore the contrasting demands of business and the environment, adopting appropriate

strategic planning models and critically appraising alternatives. They will be expected to make objective judgements and build a strategic plan through the application of sound business and environmental management techniques.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Identify and evaluate alternative environmental performance criteria.2. Critically evaluate the strategic policies and plans of an organisation/project against justified

environmental criteria.3. Develop an understanding of market research processes to inform the strategic planning process.4. Devise an outline strategic plan based on this analysis and construct this in a way that confirms to

sound business practice without compromising the environmental objectives.5. Create a marketing framework for communicating policy/plans to a potentially mixed and/or hostile

audience in an effective way.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 May 1999 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 1999 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: 01/09/13 TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 258

Page 259: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: Yvonne Oates OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Objective setting and stakeholder analysis. Environmental scanning, SWOT analysis and assessing strategic capability. Environmental project value chain analysis. Strategic options and decision criteria in an environmentally sensitive climate – with particular reference to potential conflict between economics wealth generation and notions of sustainability. Market research and market planning. Environmental planning and strategy in a global context.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 40 Core material deliveryTutorial 5 Additional one-to-one support

Guided Independent Study 155 Students are expected to put in additional time outside of taught sessions.

Total (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E Total = 100%

T1 In Class Test 100%Total = 100%

To cover LO 1 and 2.

Coursework C1 Coursework 100%Total = 100%

To cover LO 3, 4 and 5

Practical P Total = 100%

Updated by:HE Operations

Date:24/10/18

Approved by:HE Operations

Date:24/10/18

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Environmental Resource ManagementExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Julia Webb

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 259

Page 260: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Schaltegger, S, Burritt. R. and Petersen, H. (2003) An Introduction to Corporate Environmental ManagementCharter, M and Polonsky, J (1999) Greener Marketing, Greenleaf Publishing: SheffieldPiasecki, B, Fletcher, K and Mendelson, F (1999) Environmental Management and Business Strategy, John Wiley: New York.Welford, R and Gouldson, A (1993) Environmental Management and Business Strategy, Financial Times/Pitman Publishing: London.Crosbie, L and Knight, K (1995) Strategy for Sustainable Business, McGraw Hill: London.Ottman, J (1998) Green Marketing: Opportunity for Innovation, NTC: Chicago.Boatright, J., (2000) Ethics And The Conduct Of Business (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall: LondonClegg, S., Kornberger, M. and Pitsis, T. (2005) Managing and Organizations, Sage: London.Johnson, G. and Scholes, K. (2002). Exploring Corporate Strategy, FT/Prentice Hall: Harlow.Business Strategy and the Environment (bi-monthly journal), John Wiley: Chichesterhttp://www.environmental-expert.com/magazine/wiley/0964-4733/

Page 260

Page 261: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORC314 MODULE TITLE: Climate Change and Land-Use

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 101070

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module will provide critical insight into the impact that the climate change agenda has had on the way we value and potentially manage our land resource.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to explore the way in which demands for energy and potential demand for carbon

sequestration are changing the way we value and manage our land resources. From a perspective of ecosystem services, we ask ‘how we can design policies to optimise our use of land for energy, food, and biodiversity conservation?’

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Critically analyse the potential multifunctional nature of land-use and the drivers of land-use policy.2. Apply an ‘ecosystem services’ approach to evaluating land-use in a policy context.3. Quantify the potential for land to provide energy production and carbon sequestration services.4. Evaluate policy options designed to manage land use conflicts.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 01 December 2011 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 September 2012 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall College

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 261

Page 262: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 111

MODULE LEADER: OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Current conflicts between food, energy, and biodiversity Current policy relating to land-useBioenergy sustainability standardsManaging indirect land use changeQuantifying the climate services of land

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 30Guided Independent Study 170

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ %Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Assignment 100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Environmental Resource ManagementExternal Examiner responsible for the moduleUpdated by: Kelly Haynes 27 June 19 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Kareiva, P. and Tallis, H. et al. (eds) (2011). Natural Capital: Theory and Practice of Mapping Ecosystem Services. Oxford University Press, Oxford.Winter, D. M. and Lobley, M. (eds) (2009). What is Land For? The Food, Fuel and Climate Change Debate. Earthscan, Stirling, VA, USA

Page 262

Page 263: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN327 MODULE TITLE: Impacts of Disease

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100880

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: This module will explore the biology of animal diseases, and the consequences of morbidity for animal welfare & behaviour; husbandry practices in various contexts; biodiversity conservation; and agricultural economies.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 60 % C1 (Coursework) 40% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Cornwall College Newquay Zoology

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide a detailed knowledge of the factors involved in the aetiology, epidemiology and

development of common diseases seen in companion and exotic animals. Appraise disease control and prevention strategies in captive and wild animal populations.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Synthesise information from a range of sources on the aetiology of selected diseases to appraise the

impact on specific animal body systems and whole animal welfare.2. Discuss the economic and societal consequences of animal diseases.3. Assess the impact of a range of diseases on behaviour of a range of animals.4.  Evaluate methods of disease control in wild, captive, farm and companion animals.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 05 Jan 2016 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sep 2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 263

Page 264: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112MODULE LEADER: Stephen Green OTHER MODULE STAFF: NoneSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Impacts of diseases on specific animal body systems, animal welfare, economic causes & consequences. Zoonotic Diseases and risks to human health, animal & humans as vectors. Assessment of disease impacts in farm, zoo, wildlife and companion animals. Risk assessments on farm/kennels/vet for infectious cases (e.g. kennel cough, parvo); reportable diseases (e.g. TB, foot and mouth).Behavioural effects of morbidity and use of behaviour changes as a welfare assessment/ health check tool.Methods of disease control for viral, bacterial, fungal diseases & other pathogens in captive & wild contexts.Role of husbandry techniques in control & prevention of disease.Current developments in the field to include climate change and disease; poverty reduction and disease.SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLectures 30 Core MaterialPractical & Workshops 30 Time spent in the labs

Guided Independent Study 140Students are expected to put in additional time outside of taught sessions, with tutor guidance when required.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1Exam 100%

Total = 100%To cover ALOs 2, 3 and 4.

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Coursework 100%Total = 100%

To cover ALO1

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied ZoologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Rodrigo Vega

Updated by: Lawrence Moores 18/10/18 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Page 264

Page 265: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Appleby, M.C., Hughes, B.O., Mench, J.A, & Olsson , A. (Eds) (2011) Animal Welfare (2nd Edition) CABI, Wallingford, UK.Hosey, G., Melfy, V. and Pankhurst, S. (2013). Zoo Animals: Behaviour, Management, and Welfare. Oxford

University Press, Oxford.Keeling, M.J. & Rohani, P. (2007) Modelling infectious diseases.Nunn,C. (2006) Infectious Diseases in Primates. Oxford University Press, Oxford.Webb, D. (2008) The economic and social impact of the Institute for Animal Health’s work on Foot and Mouth Disease. DTZ.

Page 265

Page 266: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN312 MODULE TITLE: Current Issues in Animal Behaviour

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 HECOS CODE: 100522

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Y

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)To understand why some issues are currently the subject of research in animal behaviour; both in the context of a critical understanding of the adaptive value of behaviour and its applications in zoology. To develop skill in observing and recording animal behaviour.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 60% C1 (Coursework) 40% P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: To provide the learner with an insight into a variety of animal behaviours and their adaptive value in

different species. To provide the learner with the ability to systematically observe and record animal behaviour with the

view to suggest possible practical applications. To develop a critical ability to assess research and current debates in the primary literature in chosen

topics of animal behaviour.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (Additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:1. Demonstrate an understanding of the adaptive nature of animal behaviour.2. Systematically observe, record and evaluate data on animal behaviour with the view to suggest

applications such as behavioural indicators of welfare.3. Critically appraise and evaluate current issues in animal behaviour in the primary literature and

present findings to peers.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 23 April 2008 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2008 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 266

Page 267: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 104

MODULE LEADER: Thais Martins OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Animal behaviour, behavioural ecology, kinship, social behaviour, behavioural physiology, behavioural adaptation, and methods of studying behaviour in a variety of non-human species. Systematic analysis of animal behaviour research and methodology. Use of behaviour monitoring to assess welfare; legal applications of behaviour / welfare assessment. Animal welfare law.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional InformationLecture 22Seminar 10Tutorial 8Guided Independent study 160

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E1 Examination 100%Total = 100%

T_ %Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Presentation and evaluation report

100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ %Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied ZoologyExternal Examiner responsible for the module

Rodrigo Vega

Updated by: Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Page 267

Page 268: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

Recommended Texts and Sources:Alcock, J., 2013. Animal behaviour; an evolutionary approach. 10th ed. Massachusetts: Sinauer Associates.Appleby, M.C., Olson, I.A.S. and Hughes, B. O., (Eds). 2011. Animal welfare. 2nd ed. Wallingford: CABI.Barnard, C., 2003. Animal behaviour: mechanisms, development, function and evolution. Pearson: Essex.Barrett, L., 2011. Beyond the brain. How body and environment shape animals and human minds. New Jersey: Princeton University Press.Dawkins, M. S. 1995. Unravelling animal behaviour. 2nd edn. Pearson: Essex.Drickamer, L.C., Vessey, S.H. & Jakob, E.M., 2002. Animal behaviour: mechanisms, ecology and evolution. 5th ed. Boston: McGraw Hill.Drickamer, L.C. & Dewsbury, D. 2010. Leaders in Animal behaviour: the second generation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Espmark, Y., Amundsen, T. & Rosenqvist, G., 2001. Animal signals: signalling and signal design in animal communication. Trondheim: Tapir Academic PressGriffin, D.R., (2001). Animal minds: beyond cognition to consciousness. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Hosey, G, Melfi, V. & Pankhurst, S., 2009. Zoo animals, behaviour, management and welfare. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Krebs, J.R. & Davies, N.B., 1997 Behavioural ecology: an evolutionary approach. 4th ed. Oxford: Blackwell Science.McGregor, P. K., 2005. Animal communication networks. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press:Mcmillan, F. 2005. Mental health and well-being in animals. Blackwell Publishing: Oxford.Schwartz, B., Wasserman, E., Robbins, S.J., & Stevens, S.J., 2002. The psychology of learning and behaviour. 5th ed. London: WW Norton.Young, R. J., 2003 Environmental enrichment for captive animals. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.

Page 268

Page 269: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD . Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: CORN326 MODULE TITLE: Placement Project

CREDITS: 0 FHEQ Level: 5 HECOS CODE: 100880

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: N

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (Max 425 characters)This module provides an opportunity to gain professional practice, knowledge and skills through a work placement with an approved company or host organisation between Stage 2 and 3 for at least 26 weeks. It will allow students to apply their knowledge and training to real projects and gain an insight into potential careers within the conservation sector.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT: [Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100% P1 (Practical) E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Newquay

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:1. To enhance skills through work based learning in all aspects of conservation, including literature

searching and appraisal, design of experiments or surveys, practical skills, collection and manipulation of data and/or information, report writing and poster presentation.

2. Enable students to apply their knowledge, expertise and skills gained in applied conservation to the workplace.

3. Provide students with opportunities to reflect upon, and improve their learning in practical context.4. Obtain vocationally relevant skills and enhance student employability.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 04 May 2014 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 01 Sept 2014 SCHOOL/PARTNER: Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: TERM/SEMESTER: All Year

Additional notes (For office use only):

Page 269

Page 270: €¦ · Web viewCORN2017 Behavioural Ecology 2 AY Core 20 NQS219 Individual Research Project 2 AY Core 20 CORN219 Education and Interpretation in Public Spaces 2 AY Core 20 CORN231

Updated 10 Sept 2019

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019-20 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: 112

MODULE LEADER: Kelly Haynes OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT:Students will be responsible for finding an appropriate work placement within the conservation sector. Students must conduct at least 26 weeks, which may be carried out in more than one placement, but the student must complete a minimum of 4 months at one placement in which to conduct a personal research project.The student will work with a project supervise to devise a suitable research project on placement, and will be a point of contact while on placement.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING: [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Tutorial 10 Throughout the year to work on project proposal and liaison with placement.

Fieldwork 950 Completion of work based learning placement/s

Total 960 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc.)

Category Element Component Name Component Weighting

Comments include links to learning objectives

Written exam

E_ Total = 100%T_ Total = 100%

Coursework C1Pass/Fail – Completion of a report based on data collected

100%Total = 100%

Practical P_ Total = 100%

To be completed when presented for Minor Change approval and/or annually updatedTitle(s) of award-bearing programmes to which this module contributesBSc (Hons) Applied Zoology And Conservation (With Placement)External Examiner responsible for the module

Dr Anita Diaz

Updated by: Kelly Haynes 31/08/18 Approved by: Amanda Crowle 7 Aug 19

Recommended Texts and Sources:Bolton, J. (2005). Reflective practice: Writing and Professional Development. Sage, London.Boud, D. and Solomon, N. (2001). Work-based Learning: A New Higher Education? Open University Press, Buckingham

Page 270